Their stories reveal how easily postpartum symptoms are dismissed and how fiercely Black women must trust their intuition to survive.

The Clue Hidden in Anjellica’s Breathing

Shortly after giving birth, Anjellica Davis began noticing changes she could not explain. Walking across a room left her breathless. Climbing stairs felt impossible. Even talking took effort. She was exhausted in a way that rest did not touch, and her chest carried a heaviness she could not shake. Her body felt unfamiliar.

She tried to fold it into the story of new motherhood. New mothers are tired. New mothers swell. New mothers push through. She kept pushing because she did not want to seem dramatic or ungrateful for motherhood. But her body kept insisting that something was wrong.

“I kept telling myself it was normal postpartum exhaustion, but deep down I knew something was off.”

Postpartum cardiomyopathy is often mistaken for the fatigue of new motherhood. It is a form of heart failure that disproportionately affects Black women and can be deadly when overlooked. Anjellica spent weeks questioning herself before someone close to her finally said what she had been afraid to admit. This is not normal, and you need help.

Motherhood in Survival Mode

When doctors told Anjellica that her heart was failing, her world shifted. Medication was not enough, and a transplant was becoming the best option.

She had just become a mother, and suddenly she fought to stay alive. Grief threaded through every part of her life, grief for the postpartum experience she imagined, the body she trusted, and fear of a future she might never reach.

“I did not have the luxury of processing it,” she says. “I was in survival mode. I was trying to be present for my baby while facing the possibility that I might not be here to raise him.”

Her son became her anchor, giving her something to hold onto on the hardest days.

A New Understanding of Maternal Health

Anjellica’s experience reshaped her understanding of maternal health and the inequities Black women face. “Black women are often not heard quickly enough,” she says.

“Symptoms are minimized. Pain is normalized. Exhaustion is dismissed. If I had not pushed and questioned, my outcome could have been very different.”

She now sees maternal health not just as a medical issue but as an equity issue, and she speaks openly about listening to your body, advocating for yourself, and trusting the intuition so many new mothers are taught to ignore. If something feels wrong, it probably is.

Erin’s Mysterious Headache

Erin Adelekun’s story begins with a headache she rated a six or seven out of ten. She blamed it on exhaustion. She had just given birth, was up every two hours feeding her daughter, and was barely sleeping. Her pregnancy had been healthy. She had no high blood pressure and no complications.

A stroke was not even a possibility in her mind.

“I didn’t know a stroke could happen to someone like me.”

When she mentioned the headache at discharge, the doctor told her to take Tylenol. COVID protocols pushed hospitals to send patients home quickly, and staff believed going home posed less risk than staying. She trusted that if something were wrong, someone would say so.

The next day, her arm dropped and her words tangled. Something inside her went still. And then she remembered a stress ball she had been given, the one printed with four letters she barely noticed at the time: F.A.S.T.

Face. Arm. Speech. Time.

She had glanced at it once and moved on. Now those letters snapped into place. They told her exactly what was happening. She was having a stroke.

That moment of recognition is what saved her life.

Relearning Life While Raising a Newborn

Erin’s stroke left her with aphasia, a condition that kept her mind sharp while her words slipped out of reach. She knew exactly what she wanted to say, yet the connection between thought and speech felt broken. So, she learned to communicate in new ways, relying on gestures, communication charts, long pauses, and a patience she never expected to need.

Conversations became slower, heavier, something she had to work her way through rather than speak.

“I was a born communicator who could not communicate,” she says. “It was frustrating and humbling.”

She needed full-time care for two years. The loss of independence cut deep, and even though she had survived something many do not, she still felt like she had failed.

“I went from giving birth to needing full-time care myself.”

Her village carried her through. Her husband, family, and friends cared for her daughter while her therapists helped her relearn how to walk and talk.

Finding Her Voice Again

Aphasia reshaped Erin’s relationship with communication. She learned to speak up in medical settings and to trust her body. She also learned that being quiet can be dangerous.

“I do not minimize my symptoms anymore,” she says.

“If something feels off, I say it clearly. I do not sugarcoat it.”

She now teaches others the signs of stroke. She teaches her children and her community because she knows firsthand that knowledge is survival.

What Survival Looks Like Now

For both women, survival is not a single moment but a daily practice that lives in their bodies, their spirits, and the choices they make to keep going.

Anjellica protects her heart with rest, boundaries, and a long view of her health. “Surviving changed everything,” she says. “Motherhood now includes boundaries, grace, and listening to my body without guilt.”

Erin stays anchored through her appointments, her medication, her movement, and her peace. “Taking care of myself is part of taking care of my daughter,” she says.

Their stories are both warnings and reminders. They show how urgently the world must listen to Black women when they speak about their health, how deeply postpartum care must reach beyond delivery, and how community and medicine together shape survival.

And they show, without question, that when Black women say something feels off, the world must not ignore them.

The post The Body Knows: Two Mothers Who Survived the Unthinkable appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Community has always been at the core of Black wellness – from the hair salons, barbershops and churches to the Sunday dinners – and in today’s modern settings, the group chats and social media platforms.  We spoke with Tara Pringle Jefferson, author of the beautiful new book Bloom How You Must – A Black Women’s Guide to Self-Care and Generational Healing, about the heritage of wellness in our community and the distinct areas where we should be the most assertive in prioritizing self-care. Her book serves as a permission slip to Black women to shift from performance to pause, to think deeply about the origins of self-care in our communities and how the past shapes the present and future.

Let’s Keep It Real – What’s Really Wrong?

Before we dive into the concept of self-care, we must unpack the core reasons why we feel like we’re running on empty. And no, it has nothing to do with poor scheduling, laziness or there not being enough hours in the day. Tara dives into the ‘historical mandate’ to perform that has followed us for generations.  Our value is often tied to output, so much that if we are not producing or ‘holding it down’ for everyone else, we feel that we aren’t doing enough.

Tara points out in the book how our bodies were treated as labor sites. “To see a Black woman is to expect her labor,” she adds. “It is not important she is getting enough sleep at night or that she is doing well mentally, all that matters is what she produces.”

This year, we deserve to take a fresh approach to health and wellness. Not by adding or reconfiguring an existing schedule, but by realizing that you are worthy of rest. Just because.

Take Time for a Self-Audit

Instead of approaching a new year with a rigid list of resolutions, Tara suggests starting your wellness journey with a self-audit. This is the gentlest way of checking in on yourself and asking the question: “how am I really doing?”

She notes that because our lives are so hectic, we don’t realize that we’re overwhelmed and struggling until we stop. By taking a much-needed ‘pause, we can identify the areas of our lives in need of attention and healing – physical, social, professional, spiritual, mental and even creative.

This process begins with prioritizing Black Wellness – tapping into your own internal needs and investigating every facet of your life. Even taking a hard look at Professional Wellness. With rising unemployment and career instability hitting Black women incredibly hard, Tara shares that we must redefine success on our own terms, perhaps by seeking out mentorship or community bartering to navigate unpredictable employment and financial shifts.

“Usually”, Tara shares “at least one life area will come to the forefront.” If the self-audit uncovers signs of stress, anxiety and burnout, it may be a sign to seek out professional support with cultural relevancy, such as resources found through platforms like Therapy for Black Girls.

When Solo Is a No, No!

Modern wellness practices are often marketed to us an expensive (and even solo) event – ranging from a luxury spa weekend, exclusive gym membership, luxury candles or even meditation app. Tara’s research shows us that our ancestors knew better. They used community as a tool for healing. “Self-care is about doing things that feed your mind, body, and spirit but when we gather in numbers, we’re able to be ourselves and let down the heavy things we’re carrying.”, she shares.

From a collective of mothers who share daycare responsibilities to a special circle of girlfriends who offer a listening ear and a soft place to land, these are the women Tara refers to these women as ‘gardeners’ in the book. They speak to the importance (and need) of showing up for each other. Even in modern context, we see examples of Black travel groups, local or online book clubs like Black Girls Who Read, running groups or even professional organization memberships as pathways to self-care and survival via diverse support systems.  The village is not only recommended, but also essential. Wellness, at its core, is communal.

Permission to…Have Fun!

One of the most radical things we can do to preserve their overall health and wellness is to simply…do something, anything just for fun.  Black women often ‘age out’ of having fun and focusing on their creative interests at an early age, to instead focus on responsibilities while still being children themselves.

Tara’s advice? Experiment. Try something new!

In the Chapter dedicated to Creative Wellness, Tara encourages the reader to tap into our creative sides. Focus on “self-expression. It’s about taking who you are and what you feel and pulling that outward.” What does that mean exactly? Dabble in painting for the first time. Try new recipes. Experiment with new fashion style. Write. Sing. Dream. The focus should be on challenging yourself to do something fun and creative that is not connected to work. Because the point here is not perfection, it’s about self-expression, and the space to do so.

Stop Trying to Heal in Secret

As we continue to navigate and curate our own personal new year’s, let’s stop trying to heal in secret. Tara’s vision for the future—and her work with her digital platform, The Self Care Suite—is a reminder that our “village” is what makes the heavy things feel lighter. Whether we are connecting through a screen or meeting up in person, the goal is the same: to ensure no Black woman feels she has to carry the world alone. Your most important wellness practice might just be reaching out. Online AND Offline.

Bloom How You Must reminds all Black women that self-care should not be considered a reward for hard work. True wellness extends far beyond a juice cleanse or a spa weekend.  The book serves as an awakening to reset and reclaim our humanity – from the inside out. It also reminds us of the importance of reconnecting to the communal traditions of our ancestors. Whether you are proudly wearing your ‘Strong Black Woman’ cape or just coming to the realization that you’re always under to pressure to serve, protect and provide, make this year this one that is intentional about not just surviving but thriving. You owe it to yourself!

Check out: The Toll on Our Health When We Try to be Superwoman (There’s Research)

The post What it Means for Us to Get Serious About Self-Care appeared first on Black Health Matters.

But here is the thing we do not always admit out loud. Sometimes, the stress is not just what is happening around us. It is how hard we judge ourselves for feeling anything other than cheerful.

Why Holiday Stress Feels So Intense

Holiday stress is a reality for many. A report from the American Psychological Association found that 89 percent of adults feel stressed during the holiday season due to money concerns, missing loved ones, or anticipating family conflict. When you are carrying all of that at once, the season can feel heavier than expected. For Black families and caregivers, these demands often sit on top of year-round responsibilities and cultural expectations to stay strong for everyone, which can make the pressure feel even more intense.

When stress rises, the body’s alarm system stays switched on. Sleep becomes lighter, patience gets shorter, and small frustrations feel bigger. None of this means you are doing anything wrong. It means your nervous system is carrying more than usual.

Researchers also note that emotional self-judgment makes stress heavier. People who criticize themselves for feeling sad, anxious, or overwhelmed tend to stay stressed longer. Those who accept their emotions as normal human responses recover more quickly.

The Pressure to Get It Right

Many of us walk into the holidays with an invisible checklist. Perfect meals. Perfect gifts. Perfect behavior from everyone involved. Social media, family traditions, and cultural norms all feed the idea that joy must look a certain way.

Many Americans feel pressure to create meaningful holiday experiences even when they are tired or financially stretched. When you are the one holding the season together, it is easy to believe that one misstep will ruin everything.

The truth is that most families remember connection more than perfection. They remember who made them laugh, who listened, and who created a moment of calm. They rarely remember whether the table settings matched or the desserts looked flawless.

What Your Feelings Are Saying

Psychologists often describe emotions as signals. Sadness can be a support request. Frustration can be a sign that a boundary has been crossed. Anxiety can be a reminder that you need rest or clarity. When you treat emotions as information rather than problems, you create space to respond rather than react.

The National Alliance on Mental Illness notes that acknowledging emotions early can prevent them from building into something heavier.

This is especially important during the holidays, when many people feel pressure to push through discomfort for the sake of tradition.

You can accept an emotion without accepting the situation that caused it. You can feel irritated and still decide to set a boundary. You can feel lonely and still reach out for connection. You can even feel overwhelmed and still choose to slow down.

How to Take Care of Yourself This Season

Sometimes the most challenging part of the holidays is knowing where to start. These small shifts can help you protect your energy and move through the season with more ease.

Keep It Simple

Overscheduling is one of the most significant sources of holiday burnout. Choose the gatherings that genuinely bring you joy and let the rest go. Protecting your time is part of protecting your well-being.

Make Travel Easier

Holiday travel is stressful for almost everyone. If you are flying, choose the simplest route you can. If you are driving, limit the number of stops and events you commit to. The goal is to arrive with your peace intact.

Spend Mindfully

Financial stress is one of the top holiday triggers. A simple budget can make a real difference. Small, thoughtful gifts are just as meaningful as expensive ones. Homemade treats or shared experiences often mean more than anything you can buy.

Eat and Drink with Care

The holidays come with plenty of opportunities to overdo it. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention encourages moderation with both food and alcohol. Enjoy what you love, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Enjoy Family Your Way

Family time can be beautiful and complicated. If you need a breather, take one. A short walk or a quiet moment can help you reset. Caring for yourself is not disrespectful, it is necessary.

Find Common Ground

Differences can feel louder during the holidays. Try to center the things you share rather than the things that divide you. If a conversation becomes tense, it is okay to step away or set a boundary.

Take a Moment

Rest is essential. Give yourself pockets of time to read, nap, stretch, or simply be still. Even ten minutes of quiet can help your nervous system settle.

Honor Your Grief

The holidays can make loss feel sharper. Make space for your feelings, light a candle, or maybe share a story. Create a small ritual that keeps your loved one close.

Keep Your Rhythm

Your body thrives on consistency. Regular meals, enough sleep, and a little movement each day can help you feel more grounded.

Reach Out

If this season is hard for you, you do not have to carry that alone. Lean on your community. Talk to someone you trust. Let people show up for you. The holidays don’t require perfection. They require presence, honesty about what you can and cannot do, and compassion for yourself and the people you love.

You deserve a season that feels like yours, not one where you’re performing for everyone else. The holidays are gentler when people are comfortable, and comfort starts with taking care of yourself in small, real ways. Permit yourself to do that this year.

Resources:

Even a joyous holiday season can cause stress for most Americans

Critical Things to Know About Emotions for Mental Health and Healing | NAMI: National Alliance on Mental Illness

Alcohol Use and Your Health | Alcohol Use | CDC

The post The Secret to a Stress‑Free Holiday Season appeared first on Black Health Matters.

People don’t always talk about it, but grief has its own calendar. It doesn’t care that the world is covered in lights or that everyone else seems to be in a matching pajama mood. It arrives when it wants to, sometimes softly, sometimes like a wave that knocks the wind out of you.

And if you are feeling that this year, you are far from alone.

How Grief Colors the Holidays

The holidays intensify emotional stress, especially for people who are grieving. In a 2023 national survey by the American Psychological Association, 38 percent of U.S. adults said that missing family or loved ones is one of the biggest sources of holiday stress. That number sits right alongside financial pressure and family conflict, which shows how deeply loss shapes the season. The number reflects how rituals, traditions, and family gatherings are built around connection. When someone is missing, the whole season feels rearranged.

For many people, the weight can feel even heavier when they are not only grieving someone they have already lost but also preparing for the loss of someone they still have. Anticipatory grief can be its own kind of heartbreak. You find yourself trying to memorize the sound of their voice, the way they laugh, the small details of who they are in this moment. You hold on tightly to the present, knowing that soon these moments will become memories. Living in that in-between space can make the holidays feel tender in a way that is hard to explain, and even harder to carry.

How Grief Sneaks Up on You

Grief does not always arrive in the same way. Sometimes it drifts in slowly, something you can almost steady yourself against. Other times it rushes in all at once, sharp and overwhelming, leaving you confused by how quickly everything inside you can change.

You may find yourself exhausted for reasons you can’t name, avoiding certain songs or certain stores without fully realizing why. A scent, a recipe, or a familiar melody can stop you mid-step. A memory you didn’t ask for can rise up out of nowhere. It’s the quiet kind of grief that settles into your days and your body before you even have the language for it.

None of this means you’re failing or falling apart. It means your heart is carrying something it never wanted, and if we’re being honest, something no one can ever truly prepare for.

You Don’t Have to Pretend You’re Okay

Grief can make you feel out of rhythm with the world, especially during the holidays. In the American Psychiatric Association’s 2024 Healthy Minds Monthly Poll, 47% of Americans said that grieving a loss or missing a loved one was one of their top sources of holiday stress, and 28% said they felt more stressed than the previous year.

So, if everyone else seems to be celebrating while you’re just trying to get through the day without breaking down in the middle of the grocery store, you’re not imagining it; the season really does hit differently when you’re grieving.

Ways to Care for Yourself This Season

There is no single right way to move through grief during the holidays, but there are practices that can make the season feel a little more manageable. Here are a few options you can reach out to when you need support.

Let yourself feel what you feel.

Grief is unpredictable. You may feel heavy one moment and surprisingly okay the next. Both experiences are normal. Permitting yourself to feel what is true for you can ease some of the pressure you may be carrying.

Name what is coming up for you.

Writing down the emotions you expect to feel or those already showing up can make the season feel less overwhelming. Naming things often makes them easier to hold.

Allow the grief to move.

Trying to push grief away usually makes it stronger. Letting it rise and fall in its own rhythm can reduce the intensity of the pain.

Practice self-compassion

If you have the energy to join a gathering, go. If you do not, it is okay to stay home. You are not letting anyone down by honoring your limits.

Take care of your body.

Grief affects sleep, appetite, energy, and concentration. Rest when you need to. Move when it helps. Step outside for light and air. Small acts of care matter more than you think.

Ask for support

The holidays add extra weight to everyone’s plate. If you need help with errands, childcare, cooking, or simply company, reach out to someone you trust. You do not have to carry everything alone.

Tell people what you need.

If certain traditions feel too painful, say so. If you want someone to mention your loved one’s name, say that too. Clarity helps others show up for you in the right way.

Create a small ritual of remembrance.

Light a candle, pour libations, make their favorite dish, play a song they loved, or share a story; rituals do not have to be elaborate to be meaningful.

Start new traditions (if you need to).

If recreating past holidays feels impossible, allow yourself to do things differently this year. Change can be a form of care.

Be around people who feel safe.

You do not have to be cheerful or “on.” You need to be with people who let you be exactly where you are in this moment.

For those who are facing the anticipated loss of a loved one, the holidays can carry a different kind of weight. Try to stay close to what feels meaningful right now instead of worrying about how you think you should feel. Spend time with your loved one in ways that feel natural, take breaks when emotions run high, and let others help with the practical things. It’s okay to feel sadness, fear, gratitude, and love all at once. You don’t have to hold everything together. You only have to move through this season at a pace your heart can manage.

A Few Things to Keep in Mind

Grief shows up differently for everyone, but these are some of the experiences many people share:

• changes in sleep or appetite
• difficulty concentrating or feeling mentally foggy
• waves of sadness, anger, guilt, or numbness
• fatigue or low energy
• withdrawal from social activities
• irritability or restlessness
• physical tension, headaches, or stomach discomfort
• trouble feeling connected to things that once brought joy

If you notice these signs in yourself, you’re not doing anything wrong. They’re common responses to loss, and they often shift over time.

You might also find it helpful to talk with a mental health professional if the grief feels overwhelming or complicated to navigate alone. Therapy can offer a steady place to process what you’re carrying and get support that fits your needs.

There is no magical cure for grief. It finds its way into your core, often defying your requests for peace. While that may feel unsettling, remember that grief is natural, your feelings are valid, and your path through this season is uniquely yours. You are allowed to move at your own pace. That in itself is an act of strength.

Resources:

Even a joyous holiday season can cause stress for most Americans

Psychiatry.org – One Quarter of Americans Say They Are More Stressed This Holiday Season Than in 2023, Citing Financial

The post Finding Your Way Through Holiday Blues & Grief appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Reality of HS

Frank is one of the 1 in 100 Americans living with HS, based on prevalence estimates reported in JAMA Dermatology. It is a chronic immune-related skin condition that causes painful bumps, lesions, and flare-ups in areas where skin rubs together. These flare-ups can make holiday travel unbearable, turn festive outfits into sources of dread, and transform simple gatherings into moments of physical stress. HS is often invisible to others, but its impact is constant.

How HS Shapes the Holidays

“Living with HS has always made the holidays feel different for me,” Frank said. “While others focused on the excitement, I was constantly wondering if a flare-up would hit. I felt pressure to show up looking and feeling fine even when I was not.”

Instead of slipping easily into celebration, he found himself quietly calculating pain levels, comfort, and how much his body could handle.

“So, instead of simply enjoying the moment, I often had to prepare myself both physically and emotionally in ways my peers did not.”

When Joy and Pain Collide

Frank remembers one holiday in particular. It was a moment that should have been simple and warm.

“I remember spending parts of the holidays feeling really uncomfortable, even when everything around me was joyful,” he said. “On the outside, I looked fine, but inside, I was fighting through discomfort that made even simple moments feel heavy.”

It is the kind of invisible burden many people with chronic illnesses carry, especially during a season that expects cheerfulness.

Adjusting Traditions and Expectations

Over time, Frank learned to adapt holiday traditions in ways that protected his body and energy.

“I choose clothing that will not irritate my skin. I try to avoid long stretches of sitting in uncomfortable chairs or tight spaces. I build in moments to step away and rest if I need to,” he explained. “I enjoy the holidays, but I just participate at a pace that honors where my body is.”

Balancing Participation and Pain

The desire to be fully present does not disappear, but neither does the unpredictability of HS.

“I had to learn that giving myself grace is not the same as missing out,” he said. “Some years I could do everything, and some years I needed to move slower or say no. My worth is not tied to how much I can physically do.”

What He Wishes Others Understood

Frank wishes that people could see the whole picture.

“I wish people understood that even when I look fine, I may still be dealing with real discomfort,” he said. “I am not being distant or disengaged if I need to sit something out. I am still grateful to be there. I am just listening to my body.”

Strategies That Help

Managing HS during the holidays often means focusing on what can be controlled.

“I take Cosentyx to help manage my symptoms,” Frank said. “Rest is a big one. Staying mindful of stress and protecting my peace is another. I stick to a gentle routine that keeps my body supported, even when my schedule gets busy. And honestly, asking for help or slowing down when I need to has made a huge difference.”

The Power of Community

“Recently, I was part of a Cosentyx event. That was a turning point for me,” Frank said. “Sitting in a room with people who understood this condition on a personal level reminded me of the power of community. Hearing our stories side by side made it clear that none of us are walking this alone.”

During a season when many people with chronic conditions feel isolated, that sense of connection matters.

A Message to Others Living With HS

For people navigating HS or any chronic condition during the holidays, Frank offers a message rooted in compassion and truth.

“You are not behind, you are not broken, and you are not alone,” he said. “Your body may move differently, but your light is still just as strong. Take things at your own pace, protect your peace, and know that there is a whole community of people who understand exactly what you are carrying. You belong in every room you enter, exactly as you are.”

Resources:

Frank Grimsley (@franknthecity) • Instagram photos and videos

The Circle Netflix (@thecirclenetflix) • Instagram photos and videos

Prevalence of Hidradenitis Suppurativa: A Systematic Review and Meta-regression Analysis | Dermatology | JAMA Dermatology | JAMA Network

Hidradenitis Suppurativa | COSENTYX® (secukinumab)

The post Frank Grimsley of The Circle on Living With HS During the Holidays! appeared first on Black Health Matters.

A new report from The Harris Poll, Challenger Retail 2025, explores how different generations are reshaping the retail landscape. We spoke with Justin Pincus, managing director of QuestBrand by The Harris Poll, to understand how rising prices and shifting expectations are reshaping how people shop.

“Consumers treat pricing as a moral signal,” Pincus said. “It’s not just a math equation anymore.”

For Black consumers, that signal matters. We’ve seen what happens when brands talk about equity but remain silent when costs rise. In this climate, transparency is not optional.

Black Spending Power is Rising

At the same time, Black consumer spending in the United States is projected to reach $1.7 trillion by 2030, according to McKinsey & Company. This growth reflects a shift in how trust, identity, and values shape purchasing decisions across generations.

From beauty and wellness to home goods and fashion, Black consumers are shaping trends and demanding accountability. But spending power does not mean spending blindly. We are asking harder questions. Is this brand showing up for us when it counts? Are they raising prices without explanation? Are they still investing in inclusive campaigns, or pulling back when budgets tighten?

Retailers who want loyalty need to earn it. That means transparent pricing, consistent messaging, and products that reflect our lives.

What Our Spending Reflects

This isn’t just about retail. People make decisions differently when money feels tight, and trust demands proof. The QuestBrand report is not a psychology study, but it reveals something psychological. Pricing, messaging, and consistency shape our emotional responses to brands.

For Black consumers, those responses are layered. We are not just asking “Is this worth it?” We are asking, “Does this brand see me?” And in an economy where every dollar has to stretch further, that question carries weight.

Trust Looks Different by Generation

“Each generation isn’t just a demographic, it’s a worldview shaped by the economy and culture they came of age in,” said Pincus.

Boomers still see reliability as the ultimate proof point. Gen X values accountability. Millennials reward emotional intelligence and consistency. And Gen Z looks for transparency and collaboration.

Younger Generations Are More Frugal

Zoomers is reframing what value means. “Gen Z’s embrace of resale isn’t about frugality, it’s about ethics and identity,” said Pincus. In 2024, 63 percent of Gen Z purchased second-hand clothing. A third said they would pay more for sustainable products.

“To Gen Z, resale isn’t a fallback; it’s an ecosystem,” he explained. “They view it as an active way to participate in the circular economy.”

Millennials Want Consistency

Millennials now make up the largest share of retail spending. They are parents, professionals, and household decision-makers. And they are not impressed by gimmicks.

“Millennials reward reliability, but that doesn’t mean invisibility,” said Pincus. “They value consistency, quality, and convenience.”

That expectation shows up in how they judge pricing as well. Millennials want brands to manage costs responsibly without cutting corners. Stores like TJ Maxx and Williams-Sonoma keep their costs in check by working with multiple suppliers, buying directly from factories, and adjusting prices as needed to avoid losses.

What Dependability Looks Like

Dependability is not about being flashy. It is about showing up consistently. “Younger shoppers want brands that understand them, but also deliver without surprises,” said Pincus. “It’s less about dazzling them and more about doing what you say you’ll do.”

Seventy percent of shoppers say they spend more with businesses that understand their preferences. Even so, that connection only builds loyalty when brands stay consistent. That’s why 71 percent of consumers stick with companies that stay true during economic uncertainty.

Transparency Builds Trust

“Transparency drives both trust and momentum,” said Pincus. When shoppers feel kept in the loop, they are more than twice as likely to stay loyal, even after a price increase.

“In a volatile economy, openness signals stability,” he added. “Brands that communicate clearly, explaining not just what changed but why, earn the credibility to keep moving forward.”

Loyalty Comes From Proof

“Stop chasing loyalty programs and start building loyal behavior,” said Pincus. “Younger consumers don’t want to be won back; they want to be recognized.”

That recognition has to show up in product, tone, and timing. Retailers build long-term loyalty by using data to anticipate needs, simplify decisions, and communicate clearly. In contrast, those who rely on discounts alone risk falling behind.

For younger shoppers, loyalty isn’t about perks. It’s about proof.

Brands Win With Us When They Keep Their Promises

A recent Harris Poll found that 74 percent of consumers say they are more loyal to brands that deliver precisely what they promise. But what counts as a promise has changed. For younger consumers, it is about shared values and ongoing engagement. For older ones, it is about steadiness and proof over time.

Understanding how people spend, what earns trust, what signals respect, and what reflects lived experience is essential.

Resources:

Challenger Retail 2025 – Harris Quest

QuestBrand – Harris Poll

The state of Black consumers | McKinsey & Company

Home | Mass Blackout

The post How We Spend Our Money Matters appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The 2025 State of the Period report shows just how common these moments are. Board-certified OB-GYN Dr. Fran Haydanek, partnering with Thinx, a company known for its reusable period underwear, says the findings reveal the weight of stigma and the urgent need for support.

Basic Menstrual Health Screenings Are Not Always Available to Black Teens,

“From the 2025 State of the Period findings, it’s clear that period shame is showing up in the smaller, everyday moments for Black teens,” Dr. Haydanek explains. Eighty-three percent report tucking pads or tampons away when they leave class. More than half avoid specific movements or activities due to concerns about leakage. She says these patterns show how many teens feel they must manage their periods quietly, without the support or understanding they deserve.

The survey also found that nearly one in five Black teens has never received a basic menstrual health screening. Many are navigating their symptoms without guidance, leaving them vulnerable to misinformation and isolation.

A Lack of Support and Preparation

Teens want products they can count on, honest, accurate education, and adults who understand menstrual health and take their pain seriously. Yet only three in ten feel their school supports them.

“Even though access to free products has improved in some places, stigma has grown since 2023,” Dr. Haydanek says. That gap is why she partnered with Thinx to share practical tips for parents, coaches, and after-school instructors.

The disconnect also shows up in education. Many teens report that they first experienced their period before they learned about the menstrual cycle. That lack of preparation leaves them feeling unready and unsupported at a critical moment.

Creating Safe Spaces

Dr. Haydanek believes adults play a central role in shifting stigma. “It is up to parents, teachers, coaches, and mentors to shift the stigmas associated with periods by normalizing and helping teens to feel safe asking for support,” she says.

Her advice is straightforward. She urges adults to create judgment-free zones, empower teens with education, encourage open communication, and suggest products designed for teens. She points to Thinx Teens period underwear, which offers up to twelve hours of leakproof protection, as one option that helps teens move through their day with less worry.

The findings also show that when teens feel supported, they are more likely to ask questions. When asked who they would turn to with a private health concern, many said they would go to a parent or trusted adult rather than a teacher or health professional. That trust is an opportunity for families and mentors to step in with accurate information.

The High Cost of Access

“For a lot of families, it comes down to cost and inconsistent access,” Dr. Haydanek says.

Teens spend about forty dollars a month on products, which can strain tight budgets. Nearly half of Black teens say their families have had to adjust what they buy because of financial pressure. That often means wearing products longer than recommended or relying on friends.

Economic pressure also affects participation in sports and extracurricular activities. Teens report missing activities because of cramping, fatigue, irritability, or fear of spotting. These experiences show how stigma and cost combine to limit opportunities.

Where Brand Messaging Stops Short

“We need to have more discussions about warning signs when it comes to menstrual health,” she says. Periods can signal what is happening inside the body. Irregular cycles, pain that causes missed school or work, or the disappearance of periods altogether should be evaluated by an OB-GYN.

Yet brand messaging often focuses only on empowerment without addressing these health realities. Teens need clear information about when to seek care, not just slogans.

They Are Ready to Break Taboos

The findings also show teens are pushing for change themselves. Eighty-two percent want more advocacy around menstrual health in 2025. Even though only 62% feel in control of their periods, 81% say they have helped someone feel more comfortable talking about theirs. Peer support is reshaping the conversation and breaking the silence.

Measuring Impact

Dr. Haydanek says awareness is not enough. “We need to continue to push for things like the removal of the pink tax on items like menstrual products, because they are not a luxury good. We need access to menstrual products in schools, especially for populations with limited resources. And most importantly, I am pushing for continued funding for gynecologic research.”

The survey makes clear that stigma is real, but so is resilience. Teens are speaking up, supporting one another, and asking for change. With adults who listen and policies that prioritize menstrual health, the next generation can move through their lives with confidence instead of shame.

Resources:

PERIOD SOTP 2025 Report_10.20.25_SHARED

Period and Bladder Leak Underwear | Thinx

Shop All: Teen Period Underwear | Thinx

The post Black Teens Are Confronting Period Stigma appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Both performers have shown up on the press lines for the anticipated musical, appearing significantly thinner than before. Commentary on the topic exploded. Some speculated that the pair might be participating in disordered eating or excessive usage of increasingly popular weight loss medications like GLP-1s.  

How Social Media Has Made Us All Armchair Experts 

Commenting on someone’s appearance has become more commonplace. Social media makes it easier. “The access that we have to speak on people now is quite dangerous,” Wendi S. Williams, PhD, President-Elect of the American Psychological Association, told Black Health Matters.  

“Before the advent of social media and so much use of technology and the ability to propagate a message so vastly, a person could have an opinion about a celebrity or a politician that they see in the news or in one of those magazines, and it would have been an opinion shared either to themselves or within the locality of their friends and family,” she said.  

Anyone can place them into the world where they might cause harm, now.  

Grande posted a message on social media containing a “loving reminder” of the harm that can be caused by commenting on the size of someone’s body. She addressed the comments on her figure during an interview with Oui Oui Baguette.  

“So I have heard it all. I’ve heard every version of it, of what’s wrong with me. And then you fix it, and then it’s wrong for different reasons,” said Grande. “It’s hard to protect yourself from that noise,” continued the “7 Rings” singer.  

Lizzo wrote about how the aftermath of losing weight was impacting her in a recent essay on Substack. “I think it’s something that is uncomfortable no matter what scale you’re experiencing it on,” Grande added in the interview.  

“I don’t think that we can ever diminish the impact of so much public opinion on the psyche of one individual,” said Williams.  

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by SBIFF (@officialsbiff)

Lay People Can’t Assess Someone’s Health by Looking At Them.  

Weight loss leads to speculation about health conditions, including eating disorders, substance abuse issues, and infectious diseases. Weight gain comes with preconceived notions about one’s mental and emotional health. Both excessive thinness and obesity are accompanied by healthcare challenges. The specifics of these are not visible to laypeople.  

Clinicians are the only ones qualified to evaluate the state of someone’s appearance from a healthcare perspective. You wouldn’t know that by listening to everyday discourse on the subject. 

Red carpets are not the only place where weight stigma shows up. It happens to everyday people at holiday dinner tables, in workplaces, and in other intimate settings.  

Dr. Faith Ohuoba, board-certified OB-GYN, sees patients put on baby bump watch by people in their lives when they are facing health issues like fibroid tumors or ascites, a condition that causes abdominal swelling. “It’s actually a problem, it’s not a pregnancy,” she said. Gabrielle Union described dealing with infertility and having people constantly speculate about her body as her pelvic area distended and retracted during treatments.  

According to a 2021 article from Frontiers in Nutrition, “While conversations about weight stigma have historically centered on individuals who are classified with overweight or obesity, evidence suggests that those classified as underweight also experience stigma that exacerbates poor health.”  

Chadwick Boseman, who recently received a posthumous star on the Hollywood Walk of Fame, was openly criticized for his noticeably thinner appearance before the public learned that he was dealing with colorectal cancer. Colorectal cancer is prevalent in the Black community. The weight loss was laughed at by some online who thought his lifestyle was contributing to it. 

His case was an example of how one’s appearance might not tell the whole story about what they are experiencing.  

Publicly Speculating About Someone’s Body Can Impact Their Mental and Physical Health  

According to the International Journal of Obesity, weight stigma can lead to unhealthy behaviors and poor outcomes.  

Health indicators don’t just live on the scale. They can exist in your head as well.  

“Commenting on someone’s weight when they are experiencing a weight eating disorder or just challenges around weight loss or weight management actually is a trigger,” said Williams.  

Unsolicited comments can cause someone stress. 

A 2025 article from Frontiers in Psychiatry reports that “Weight stigma, or social devaluation based on an individual’s body size or weight, is directly related to greater depressive and anxiety symptoms.”  

“I think that we should be very careful about what we say because it may have unintended consequences,” added Ohuoba.  

On this season of Married To Medicine, Dr. Jackie Walters asked newcomer Brandi Milton if she had an enlarged thyroid on camera. Walters issued a public apology later, acknowledging that her actions could have been hurtful.  

“We all could benefit from having a little more empathy, considering how our words and judgements may impact others,” said Ashley Goodwin LCSW. “Commenting on these suspected disorders also adds to the stigma.”  

Ohuoba noted that speculating about someone’s health based on their appearance without their consent can be damaging. 

“I don’t think it’s fair,” she said. “They’re not giving you solutions, they’re not giving you treatment, they’re not giving you anything other than their opinion, which may be harmful.”  

The post What the Wicked Discourse Around Ariana Grande and Cynthia Erivo Reveals About Weight Stigma appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Dr. Annelle Primm, M.D., MPH, Senior Medical Director of the Steve Fund, has spent her career addressing mental health disparities. She explains how the break between semesters can be both restorative and isolating, and what families and communities can do to help students feel supported.

Independence Meets Family Traditions

“College students who have grown accustomed to independence may have to readjust to their family environment when they come home for the holidays,” Dr. Primm says. That shift can spark conflicts over routines or even political beliefs. For students without supportive home environments, the break can feel isolating rather than restorative.

Signs Your Student May Be Struggling

Families should pay close attention to changes in behavior. Dr. Primm points to withdrawal from activities, sleeping much more or less than usual, or significant shifts in appetite. “Persistent sadness, hopelessness, or frequent tearfulness are important signals,” she explains. More concerning signs include talk of being a burden, reckless behavior, or giving away meaningful possessions.

The Extra Burdens Black Students May Carry

While all students face stress, Black students often shoulder additional burdens. “Financial concerns may affect Black students disproportionately,” Dr. Primm notes, pointing to the ripple effects of job losses among Black families. Grief also weighs heavily, as shorter life spans in Black communities mean young people often face losses earlier.

“These pressures converge during the holidays, when financial strain intensifies, and family absences feel most acute,” she says.

Belonging Can Feel Complicated

Returning home can strengthen a sense of belonging through cultural traditions and family connections. But for some, it highlights differences. “If the student’s family is conflicted about them attending college and the student has adopted new ways of thinking, they may feel out of place or estranged,” Dr. Primm observes.

For those staying on campus, an empty environment can amplify loneliness. Social media often compounds the feeling, showing peers surrounded by family and celebration.

Family Moves That Make a Difference

Dr. Primm recommends mindfulness meditation as a way to reduce stress. “Take one step at a time so as to focus on the here and now,” she says. She also urges families to start open, judgment-free conversations, validate students’ experiences, and respect their independence while maintaining connection.

The Steve Fund’s Holiday Mental Health Toolkit offers practical tips and reflection tools to help families navigate this season.

Faith and Community as Healing Spaces

Churches and community groups can play a vital role in reducing stigma. “It is important for people to know that mental health concerns do not signify a failure of faith,” Dr. Primm explains. Trusted messengers can reassure students that seeking help is not a weakness but a strength.

Tech Can Connect or Disconnect

Platforms like My Digital Sanctuary foster community through love, hope, and creativity. But Dr. Primm cautions, “Anything in excess can be problematic. Exclusive reliance on technology without in-person connection may be a barrier to strong mental health.”

Building Year-Round Support

Dr. Primm stresses that support cannot be seasonal. “Creating cultures of care on campus that take into consideration lived experiences should be a goal of the administration, faculty, and staff,” she says. Sustained change requires transparent reporting, inclusion of Black student voices, and dedicated funding.

The holidays should be more than getting through the challenging moments. With care, honesty, and lasting commitment, families and communities can create spaces where students feel seen, supported, and embraced not only during the season of celebration but throughout the year.

Resources:

The Steve Fund

Holiday Mental Health Toolkit – The Steve Fund

My Digital Sanctuary – The Steve Fund

The post College Students Home for the Holidays May Need Mental Health Support appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Here are some foods and beverages that may worsen urinary urgency — and why cutting back could offer real relief:

Beverages

Coffee and Other Caffeinated Drinks

Caffeine doesn’t just wake you up—it wakes your bladder up, too. Caffeine acts as both a diuretic (increasing urine output) and a bladder irritant (enhancing bladder sensitivity). That espresso shot, cup of tea, or even hot cocoa can send your bladder into overdrive.

Soda and Carbonated Beverages

Carbonation can stimulate the bladder lining, which causes urgency. Additionally, sodas often contain caffeine, sugar, or artificial sweeteners, each of which can trigger symptoms on its own.

Alcoholic Beverages

Alcohol dehydrates and irritates the bladder, while also increasing urine production. Even one drink may increase bathroom visits. Consider limiting yourself to a single serving if you’re dealing with OAB.

Too Much (or Too Little) Water

Hydration is essential, but overdoing it can overwhelm the bladder. Drinking too little concentrates your urine, which irritates the bladder. It is recommended to consume 6–8 glasses of fluids per day, letting thirst guide you.

Foods

Cranberries

While cranberry juice may help prevent UTIs, its acidity and diuretic effects can worsen urgency in people with OAB. It flushes the system but may cause more frequent bathroom trips.

Spicy Foods

That spice from hot sauce, wasabi, or pepper flakes doesn’t just ignite your mouth; it may also inflame your bladder lining. This irritation can worsen urgency and frequency. If you love spice and flavor, try cooking with herbs instead of heat-heavy spices.

Processed Foods

Highly processed foods often contain artificial preservatives, sweeteners, and additives. These are ingredients known to aggravate bladder symptoms. Choosing whole and minimally processed foods is a safer alternative for bladder comfort.

Chocolate

Chocolate contains caffeine and can increase bladder sensitivity. If it’s your go-to treat, consider switching to white chocolate (no caffeine) or dark chocolate (more cocoa, less sugar) to minimize irritation.

Citrus Fruits and Other Acidic Foods

Grapefruits, oranges, cranberry juice, and tomatoes are all acidic enough to irritate the bladder. While citrus provides nutrients, the acidity can increase urgency for people with OAB. You can opt for gentler fruits like apples, pears, or blueberries.

Ingredients

Sugar and Artificial Sweeteners

Both real sugar and sugar substitutes such as Splenda, Equal, Sweet’N Low, and even honey can irritate the urinary system and worsen OAB symptoms. Cutting back on or eliminating sweeteners may provide noticeable relief.

Raw Onions

For some individuals, consuming raw onions can irritate the bladder. Cooking them makes them milder and easier to tolerate, and shallots are a gentler alternative.

Tomatoes

Tomatoes and tomato-based sauces are naturally acidic and may irritate the bladder. Reducing acidity in sauces may make it easier to tolerate. Try adding shredded carrots, a splash of cream, or a tiny pinch of baking soda to neutralize the acidity. Overall, small changes to your diet can make a big difference in bladder comfort. Paying attention to your triggers and adjusting what you eat and drink can help you regain control and reduce frequent bathroom trips.

The post Here Are 11 Foods That Trigger An Overactive Bladder appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Association of Black Cardiologists (ABC), led by President Anthony Fletcher, MD, is confronting this crisis through its Every Heart Counts: ABC Cardiology Deserts Campaign.

What Are Cardiology Deserts

Dr. Fletcher describes a cardiology desert as “a community where people don’t have reliable, timely access to cardiologists or preventive cardiovascular care.” These deserts exist in both rural and urban settings. In rural areas, patients may travel long distances to see a specialist, while in cities, socioeconomic barriers and overburdened health systems often block access.

Barriers Beyond Distance

Even proximity to a clinic does not guarantee care. A recent ABC survey found that:

• One in four adults must travel 10 to 20 miles to see a heart specialist, particularly in Louisiana, Arkansas, Georgia, and Mississippi.
• Twenty two percent of respondents said they tried but could not secure a cardiology appointment.
• Nearly one in five Black adults have never received a basic heart screening.

Knowledge gaps add to the challenge. Forty percent of Americans surveyed had no prior awareness of the two major types of cholesterol. HDL is commonly referred to as good cholesterol, and LDL is commonly referred to as bad cholesterol. Among Black respondents, that number rose to 54 percent. Only about one third of adults know their own cholesterol levels.

Changing Perceptions Through Trusted Voices

Dr. Fletcher notes that heart health involves more than treatment after a diagnosis; prevention is essential. Survey findings show that one in five adults believe they do not need heart care, with an emphasized prevalence among older adults, rural residents, and women. In response, ABC works with local leaders, churches, and community organizations to encourage screenings and preventive care. Fletcher explains that these community voices help make heart health feel safe and achievable.

Supporting Primary Care Providers

In many under-resourced areas, primary care providers are the only option for heart health. ABC equips them with training, tools, and resources to identify risks earlier and connect patients to appropriate care. With seed sponsorship support from Amgen, the campaign is already active in Arkansas, Georgia, Louisiana, and Mississippi, states where the need for preventive care is most urgent.

Building Long Term Change

For communities historically excluded from heart health conversations, long term change means breaking cycles of crisis care. ABC’s goal is to move from emergency interventions to sustained, equitable access to preventive screenings and education that reflect lived experiences.

A Call to Black Families

The numbers are shocking, nearly one in five Black adults have never received a cardiovascular screening. That means millions may be living with hidden risks. Dr. Fletcher urges families to learn their heart health history, schedule annual screenings, and regularly check blood pressure and cholesterol. These simple steps, he says, “can be lifesaving.”

Cardiology deserts are a national crisis, but they do not have to be permanent. With trusted voices and equitable access, ABC’s Every Heart Counts campaign is working to ensure that every heart truly counts.

Resources:

Association of Black Cardiologists – Saving the hearts and minds of a diverse america

FILE_4757.pdf

Missing Coordinates: America’s Cardiology Deserts | Amgen

The post Every Heart Counts: Tackling Cardiology Deserts appeared first on Black Health Matters.

When Tweens and Teens Do Not See Themselves

“The biggest challenge I see among my patients is when they go online and don’t feel a sense of belonging. For many Black and Brown youth, scrolling through social media means constantly viewing beauty products marketed primarily for white complexions and rarely seeing themselves authentically reflected in wellness or beauty content,” Dr. Hartman explains.

“This lack of representation sends a harmful message that their natural features aren’t valued or ‘standard.’ When teens can’t find themselves in the images that define beauty and health, it has a profound impact on how they perceive themselves. They’re left feeling like outsiders, which is especially harmful in spaces that claim to be about self-care and confidence.”

The Sephora Kid Phenomenon

It may have been a rite of passage for teenagers to get their first skincare system from Clinique decades ago, but today, skincare is being marketed to younger and younger audiences.  An article in the journal Pediatric Dermatology, “This new obsession has been coined the ‘Sephora Kid’ trend, where young children engage in complex, multistep skincare regimens, spurred on by influencers on social media.”

“However, the increasing use of skincare products poses real physical dangers to young people, and the impact of unrealistic beauty ideals and social pressures is mounting. Social media has dramatically increased opportunities for comparison outside of one’s peer group.”

The article mentions the psychological impact of two things: highly-edited, and unrealistic images, combined with stealth advertising dominating their social feeds. They give teenagers, tweens, and those even younger “distorted realities that challenge their self-esteem.”

What the Research Shows

Recent studies confirm what many Black families already know. Social media can be both empowering and harmful, depending on what teens see and how they interpret it.

A 2024 study from the University of Southern California (USC) found that online platforms can support identity development for Black youth, but only when they see themselves reflected in affirming ways. Without that, constant exposure to Eurocentric beauty standards and curated perfection can erode self-esteem.

The 2025 USC follow-up study found that daily exposure to exclusionary content, limited representation, and online racism, including algorithmic bias, was linked to increased symptoms of anxiety and depression in Black adolescents. Algorithms are the behind-the-scenes systems that decide what content shows up in your feed. If those systems favor certain beauty standards or viral videos, they can reinforce harmful patterns without teens even realizing it.

Excessive screen time and symptoms of depression and anxiety, especially among girls and Black youth, were among the findings of a 2025 CDC report. Teens who reported feeling less attractive or less confident after scrolling were more likely to experience sleep disruption, disordered eating, and social withdrawal.

These findings support what Dr. Hartman sees in her practice. When Black teens do not see themselves reflected or feel pressured to conform to narrow standards, they are more vulnerable to self-doubt and digital burnout.

Watch For the Red Flags

Dr. Hartman encourages parents to watch for two major red flags. She says increased time on their phone, coupled with a noticeable decline in mood, is a key signal.

“If your teen is spending more hours scrolling but seems increasingly withdrawn, anxious, or down afterward, that’s a signal something isn’t sitting right. You might also notice them constantly checking for likes or comments, seeming preoccupied with how posts perform, or making negative comments about their appearance after being online.”

Boundaries That Build Trust

“It’s helpful, and encouraged, to establish clear boundaries around social media, and parents shouldn’t be afraid to set them,” Dr. Hartman explains. “I think sometimes parents worry so much about being liked by their teen that they lose sight of the fact that parenting is our job, not friendship.”

She recommends setting guidelines such as time limits on social media, no phone use after 9 PM, deciding which apps are acceptable or off-limits, and actively monitoring accounts. “Here’s something important to remember. Just because their friends are on certain platforms doesn’t mean your child needs to be.”

Dr. Hartman also urges parents to go beyond rules and talk about how social media works.

“Help your teen understand how social media works behind the scenes. Talk with them about how algorithms are designed to keep them scrolling, how influencers are often paid to promote products or lifestyles, and how many posts are carefully curated or edited, and aren’t real life,” she says.

“When teens recognize they’re being marketed to, often in ways designed to make them feel inadequate so they’ll buy something, they feel more empowered to think critically about what they’re seeing. This shifts the conversation from ‘you can’t use this’ to ‘let’s talk about what’s really happening here and how to protect yourself.’”

Cultivate Habits That Instill Confidence

Dr. Hartman recommends starting with phone-free zones and times. “No devices at mealtime, during family time, or late at night. These boundaries create natural pauses and protect sleep, connection, and presence.”

She also emphasizes emotional awareness.

“Encourage your teen to notice how social media makes them feel. After scrolling, do they feel energized or drained? Inspired or inadequate? Building this self-awareness helps them become more intentional users, not just passive victims of the algorithms. They can learn to curate their feeds by unfollowing accounts that trigger negative feelings.”

Diet Culture is Back

“Diet culture is having a major resurgence right now, and it’s showing up across social media platforms with different, and often dangerous, trends,” Dr. Hartman warns. “The good news is that parents don’t need to keep up with every viral trend. But parents can notice whether their teen’s relationship with food has changed.”

She lists warning signs to watch for.

“Skipping meals or significantly decreasing portion sizes, making excuses to avoid eating, eliminating entire food groups, using the bathroom during or immediately after meals, or dramatically increasing exercise. If you notice these behaviors, I’d suggest a conversation with them and considering reaching out for professional support with a doctor, school counselor or therapist.”

Model What You Want to See

“The most important thing, and admittedly the hardest, is to model the behavior you hope to see in your teen,” says Dr. Hartman.

“This means setting time limits for yourself, not scrolling at the dinner table, putting your phone away at night, and being fully present during family time. Teens are incredibly perceptive. If they see you constantly on your device, while you’re also telling them to limit screen time, it isn’t going to be as effective. When you demonstrate healthy boundaries with technology, you’re showing them it’s not only possible but that you find it valuable.”

Resources:

Lauren Hartman, MD – Aspen Grove Adolescent & Young Adult Medicine | Adolescent medicine | California, USA

New study finds that Black and Latinx youth online engagement can foster a positive sense of self | USC Rossier School of Education

Pediatric Dermatology

USC Rossier study links online racism, including algorithmic bias, to negative impacts on Black adolescents’ mental health | USC Rossier School of Education

Associations Between Screen Time Use and Health Outcomes Among US Teenagers

The post Perceptions of Beauty: Social Media’s Impact on Our Teens appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Our skincare routine should shift with the temperature to keep our melanin glorious. We asked the experts about their favorite ingredients in a winter moisturizer that suits sensitive skin. Read on, they’ve got you covered this season.

Yes, Our Skin Can Be Sensitive Too!

Just as we are often perceived to endure more pain, our is sometimes seen as less sensitive. But a study published Journal of Drugs in Dermatology evaluating skin sensitivities across the Fitzpatrick Skin Types showed that perception and reality are two different things.

“Skin sensitivity can occur across all skin types, and patients should be asked about self-perceptions of sensitivity as it is likely an indicator of true sensitivity.”

How Is Sensitive Skin Different?

It requires a bit of extra care and consideration to stay healthy, especially when the air is biting. This kind of skin is hyperreactive. Even the subtlest change can have a large impact on sensitive skin.

“Individuals with sensitive skin commonly experience sensations such as tingling, itching, or burning,” according to a 2024 article from the Journal of Dermatologic Science and Cosmetic Technology. Changes in routine for sensitive skin should be managed carefully.

In addition, men’s skin is about 20% thicker than female skin. It also contains more collagen, which helps to give it a tight, firm appearance. Add to that it is oilier, because men have more sebaceous glands, giving them more pores. But shaving stresses their skin out, especially Black men, many of whom are prone to ingrown hair. Bottom line, their skin may be even more sensitive than Black women’s. So this is one time where you can share your sensitive skin products, but if they shave, they need to invest in some good products and the right razor.

 In What Ways Can Winter Weather Impact Sensitive Skin?

The humidity is pulled out of the winter air, leaving a drying environment for sensitive skin. Because of the increased use of heating methods, including furnaces, radiant floor heating, space heaters, and, more people are exposed to dry heat that can irritate sensitive skin and sap away the moisture of the space that you’re in. If you are not in control of the office thermostat, for example, that might show up on your cheeks and forehead later.

Dermatologists witness the havoc the cold air can have on the skin regularly. “I often see an increase in skin conditions exacerbated by dehydration,” said Dr. Toral Vaidya, MD, MPH, and Prose spokesperson. “Hyaluronic acid, squalene, and glycerin are all gentle ingredients that are essential to lock moisture into the skin during times when the air is dry,” said Dr. Nancy Samolitis, founder of facile.

What Ingredients Should You Avoid Putting On Sensitive Skin When the Temperature Drops?

Winter is not the time to load your sensitive skin up on moisturizers that are stacked with chemical exfoliants. Reading the ingredients on that toner might save you trouble later.

“Stay away from compounds that have a lot of denatured alcohol because that’ll make you dry and more itchy,” advised Jeanine Downie, M.D., director of Image Dermatology.

Nourishment is the goal here. You want to put back what has been taken away. Leaving out those harsh chemicals and turning to heavy soothing ingredients is the way to go. It can help to ward off dryness by creating a barrier between you and the elements.

How Should You Protect Kids’ Sensitive Skin In The Winter?

The whole family should consider how the weather impacts their skin health, including the little people. “Kids are more prone to have sensitive skin, especially in the cooler months of winter. It’s important to choose rich, fragrance-free creams or ointments that rebuild and seal the barrier,” said Dr. Joni Jefferson, DO, Founder & Medical Director at Zen Aesthetics.

“I always recommend that children avoid products with artificial fragrance, as it is a very common allergen,” added Samolitis.

Jefferson suggested not diving into a new product right away without vetting it properly. “Patch-test new products on a small area first, especially for children with eczema or very reactive skin,” she added. “I would also be cautious with lanolin if there’s a history of allergies.”

“I’d also avoid propylene glycol, which is a common allergen and skin irritant,” said Dr. Karan Lal, DO. He recommended alternatives that are a bit gentler. “Instead, I’d look for cetyl alcohol, dimethicone, niacinamide, shea butter, petrolatum, glycerin, and hyaluronic acid.

Colloidal oatmeal is a favorite ingredient of Wagner’s. Dr. Heather Woolery-Lloyd, M.D., finds petrolatum “especially helpful for children with eczema.” “It’s found in products like

Aquaphor healing ointment and CeraVe healing ointment,” she said. She warned that certain ingredients can detract from efforts to care for sensitive skin in colder temperatures. “In children with sensitive skin, ingredients to avoid would include acids like glycolic acid and salicylic acid,” said Woolery-Lloyd.

Our Top 20 Winter Moisturizer Choices For Sensitive Skin

CeraVe Healing Ointment $9.99

This drugstore option has the best texture! It feels like an ointment, but it functions like a moisturizer. It is firm but not greasy. Replace it with your makeup primer of choice and feel the difference.

Tower 28 Beauty SOS Daily Skin Barrier Redness Recovery Moisturizer $24.00

The perfect companion to the viral rescue spray. This moisturizer pours back into the skin with soothing ingredients like ceramides. It earned the National Eczema Association Seal of Acceptance for its ability to calm breakouts. The National Psoriasis Foundation and the National Rosacea Society have recognized its protective qualities as well.

Cetaphil Skin Activator Hydrating and Firming Cream $16.99

A dermatologist recommended cream that feels so good after the shower you’d take when finished shedding your winter layers. It actively plumps your skin up with gentle ingredients like Centella Asiatica, an ingredient frequently cited for its wound healing properties. Turn to it when your hands feel like they’ve been lashed by the cold.

La Roche-Posay Lipikar Eczema Soothing Relief Cream $18.99

This moisturizer pulls double duty on the face and body. It is creamy but not heavy. We love to use it on sunburns and shield our faces from the winter wind with it.

Embryolisse Lait-Crème Concentré, Multifunction Daily Face Moisturizer $19.00

Nearly every makeup artist at fashion week has this in their kit for a reason. It glides across the skin thanks to ingredients like shea butter and aloe vera. It transforms even the most haggard skin instantly.

Good Molecules Rich Cream with Ceramides $14.00

Good Molecules is known for its strong active toners, but this thick moisturizer formula deserves attention, too.

Oyin Whipped Shea Butter $19.99

This moisturizer was specifically designed with the winter months in mind. Its whipped texture is perfect for the season. In addition to shea butter, it contains jojoba and avocado oils.

Nécessaire The Body Cream Fragrance-Free $48

That aesthetic body wash all your favorite creators have in their showers is not the only thing that Nécessaire is good for. The brand is worth the hype, and this product proves it. It is designed to make the skin barrier stronger without the irritating burden of fragrance.

Pooka Pure and Simple Seamoss Body Butter $18.99

This creamy formula offers relief from winter dryness with a trio of shea butter, sea moss oil, and avocado oil.

Prose Custom Moisturizer $44.20

A custom moisturizer is the closest thing you’ll ever get to having a dermatologist in your pocket. It is developed by having the consumer complete a questionnaire about their direct skin concerns. It can also be designed to omit fragrance. It is a top-tier option that is worth the extra effort.

Neutrogena Sheer Zinc Kids Mineral Sunscreen Broad Spectrum SPF 50+ $8.99

This option is actually invisible on multiple skin tones. It goes on easily, and it is free of synthetic dyes.

Aveeno Kids Sensitive Skin Face & Body Gel Cream $9.49

This hypoallergenic formula suits little ones of all ages. It dries down quickly, so it can absorb before your child has a chance to rub it off, and there are creatures on the bottle that might make the application process a bit more fun for them.

Eucerin Baby Lotion $13.49

Eucerin has been the go-to brand for sensitive skin for generations. Their baby lotion is perfect for sensitive skin. It is not only fragrance-free it is also made without parabens and drying alcohols.

The Ordinary Natural Moisturizing Factors + HA $14.00

Designed to seal the powerful serums from the brand, this is a lightweight moisturizer that offers an added dose of hydration. Pair it with their squalane cleanser.

Facile Barely There Hyaluronic Acid Lightweight Moisturizer – $25

A moisturizer that sinks into the skin instead of just sitting on top of it. It shows instant results on tired skin.

Bolden F-Hydra Moisturizer – $24.49

This Black-Owned brand has been consistently dropping heat for years. Their squalane-based moisturizer hydrates deeply. There is no tacky feeling after application. It’s smooth.

103 Collection Vegan Antioxidant Facial Moisturizer $14.99

This Black-owned option has a delightfully milky texture. It is also fragrance-free and vegan certified.

Mad Hippie Ultra Rich Barrier Cream $17.99

Mad Hippie offers some of the richest creams on the market. Their Triple C night cream has been one of our favorites for a very long time. Their Ultra Rich Barrier Cream is a full-body formula that locks in moisture without any potentially harsh elements. It’s great to toss in your bag when you’re on the go in the cold.

Aveeno Calm + Restore Oat Gel Moisturizer $26.99

Those oatmeal baths you got as a kid are still relevant for saving your skin. Soak up the dermatologist-recommended glycerin from this gel moisturizer.

Neutrogena Ultra Gentle Daily Facial Moisturizer $14.99

Black people experience rosacea symptoms as well. This gentle formula from Neutrogena neutralizes some of its symptoms, like intense redness that can be harsher in the winter.

Resources

Journal of Drugs in Dermatology

Journal of Dermatologic Science and Cosmetic Technology

The post Got Sensitive Skin? Here Are the 20 Best Winter Moisturizers appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Wake-Up Call

In 2011, Rick Ross suffered two seizures within six hours. One happened mid-flight and forced his private jet to make an emergency landing. At the time, he reportedly 350 pounds, slept just three hours a night, and was eating 24-ounce steaks a 4 a.m., according to PEOPLE. His doctor told him that if he did not change his lifestyle, he might not survive.

Building a Routine That Worked

Ross began working with a Reebok trainer and developed a CrossFit-inspired workout that he called “RossFit.” His routine includes a warm-up jog followed by five exercise stations such as deadlifts and pushups. He trains for 30 minutes, four days a week. He also started working out with friends to stay motivated.

According to XXL, Ross told Men’s Health, “I’m happy. I’m still losing weight, and now I’m starting to build hard muscle in places.”

Ross didn’t cut everything out at once. He knew that quitting all the foods he loved would only backfire, so he made gradual changes instead. That approach helped him stick with it and avoid falling back into old habits.

Eating With Intention

Ross did not eliminate fast food entirely. He told PEOPLE that he still eats at places like Checkers and Wingstop, but only between noon and 5 p.m., and only two or three days a week. The rest of the time, he works with a chef to prepare meals that are healthy and satisfying.

“My advice for anyone looking to lose weight is to not make it feel like a job,” he said. “You’ve got to enjoy it.”

Sleep became a priority as well. Ross realized that rest was just as important as food and movement, especially after years of pushing through exhaustion.

More Than a Decade Later

By 2025, Ross has maintained a weight loss of at least 75 pounds. Some estimates place the total closer to 100. He continues to train, eat intentionally, and speak publicly about the importance of health. His transformation has sparked broader conversations about wellness among Black men, especially in communities where structural barriers delay diagnosis and treatment.

Ross’s journey began with fear and moved through trial and error. He didn’t set out to meet a goal on the scale. He focused on building a routine that felt possible. Over time, that routine became a life that supports him and it’s still unfolding.

Resources:

Rapper Rick Ross Reveals How He Lost 75 Lbs. to Save His Life After His Seizures

Rick Ross Reveals How Much Weight He Lost to Avoid Seizures

The post Inside Rick Ross’s Health Transformation appeared first on Black Health Matters.

A Holistic Approach to Oral Health

To learn more, Black Health Matters sat down with Dr. Anjali Rajpal, a Beverly Hills-based dentist known for her holistic approach to dental care, who describes herself as a practitioner of the art of dentistry. Dr. Rajpal explained how pumpkins support our oral health, the connection to overall wellness, and how small daily changes can make a big difference in long-term health.

Pumpkins are Rich in Beta-Carotene (Vitamin A), plus Vitamin C and Minerals.

BHM: Beyond the fall flavor, what makes pumpkin such a powerful superfood for our teeth and gums?

Dr. Rajpal: Pumpkins are similar to carrots in color, which means they’re rich in beta-carotene that converts into vitamin A. This supports tissue repair and the mucous membranes in the mouth. Pumpkins also contain vitamin C, which helps reduce inflammation, and minerals like zinc and magnesium, both of which have anti-inflammatory properties. These nutrients help strengthen enamel, remineralize the tooth surface, and protect the mouth from bacterial invasion and erosion.

Vitamin C helps reduce inflammation and enables you to resist cavities.

BHM: Can you specify which vitamins and minerals play the most significant role in oral health?

Dr. Rajpal: Vitamin A, vitamin C, zinc, and magnesium are the main ones. Vitamin C is highly antioxidative, which helps reduce stress and inflammation in the tissues. This allows the teeth and gums to help resist cavities, decay, and general wear.

Your Pumpkin Spiced Latte Will Not Give You Oral Health Benefits

BHM: How should people consume pumpkins for oral health benefits — is it just by eating them, or can it be applied directly to the mask?

Dr. Rajpal: It doesn’t really matter whether you eat or drink it—it’s more about how you consume it. Avoid pairing pumpkins with refined sugar, since sugar increases inflammation and the risk of cavities. Instead, combine it with natural ingredients like cinnamon or bananas for sweetness. The key is to consume it in a non-sugary form.

BHM: How does eating pumpkins affect not just our teeth but our overall oral wellness?

Dr. Rajpal: It nourishes the gums and enamel, helps fight oxidative stress, and balances the oral microbiome, which strengthens the foundation of your smile. You want to minimize harmful bacteria and maintain balance in your mouth’s natural ecosystem. Good nutrition supports mineral balance, promotes cellular repair, and contributes to overall health, all of which lead to a healthier smile.

Daily Habits for Maintaining a Bright, Healthy Smile

BHM: What are your top daily habits for maintaining a bright, healthy smile?

Dr. Rajpal: The most crucial thing is mechanical removal of plaque. The plaque is soft, so a soft-bristle toothbrush works perfectly. Brush all surfaces of the teeth and angle the bristles slightly under the gums to clean along the gum line. Flossing is just as important—it’s the only way to clean between tight contact points. Go slightly below the gumline to remove bacteria that collect there. Brush at least twice a day and floss once a day. Mouthwash is also great. I recommend natural ones with essential oils rather than synthetic flavorings. Iodine salt is antibacterial and helps reduce bacterial load, especially for patients with mild gum disease or deeper gum pockets. Lastly, an alkaline-based diet is essential. Too much acid causes inflammation and breaks down the tooth structure. Leafy greens and other alkaline foods create an environment where bacteria are less likely to thrive.

BHM: Can you give examples of what an alkaline diet includes?

Dr. Rajpal: Leafy greens are a significant component, along with fresh fruits that aren’t high in sugar, like blueberries and raspberries, which are also rich in antioxidants. Nuts, seeds, beans, and non-starchy vegetables are great as well. On the other hand, acidic foods include soda and sugary juices. Constantly sipping on sweet drinks exposes your teeth to acid for long periods. It’s better to eat or drink and then give your mouth a break so your saliva can naturally cleanse it. Meats, grains, and processed foods tend to be more acidic and contain chemicals that stress the immune system. Crunchy fruits and vegetables help naturally clean your teeth as you eat them, which is another bonus.

What to DIY and What to Leave to the Pros

BHM: What advice do you have about popular social media whitening hacks and over-the-counter whitening products?

Dr. Rajpal: Many over-the-counter products contain preservatives that can become acidic and irritate enamel. I’ve had patients come in using whitening toothpaste that’s too abrasive, so I tell them to switch to something gentler, like Sensodyne or MI Paste. MI Paste helps remineralize tooth structure with calcium and phosphate and reduces sensitivity. That’s why I recommend professional whitening in a dental office — we use pure hydrogen peroxide without harsh chemicals. It’s safer and less likely to cause sensitivity. It’s always better to use products that help strengthen enamel instead of stripping it down.

BHM: What small changes can people make at home that can have a significant impact on their oral health?

Dr. Rajpal: If you’re not effectively removing plaque with a manual toothbrush, consider switching to an electric one. The key is to let the brush do the work—hold it in place and slowly move it from section to section while slightly angling the bristles toward the gums.

For those with braces, wires, or gum recession, I recommend the Sonicare Power Flosser or a Waterpik. These water jets help clean between teeth and in areas that brushes and floss might miss.

Oil pulling with coconut or sesame oil is another excellent option. You rinse with it before brushing to help dislodge bacteria. Coconut oil is antifungal and antibacterial—so it’s safe, natural, and beneficial for your mouth.

 Pumpkins may be a fall favorite, but their benefits last all year long.

From protecting enamel to reducing inflammation, pumpkins remind us that oral health is deeply connected to overall wellness. Dr. Rajpal stresses the connection between oral inflammation and overall bodily health, citing its links to conditions like heart disease and diabetes, among others.

She also advocates for improving access to dental care and nutrition education in underserved communities. Through her work with Face Forward, a nonprofit that helps victims of abuse by reconstructing their smiles, Dr. Rajpal continues to show how oral health can restore not only confidence but also hope. This fall, let the spirit of the pumpkin season inspire you to evaluate your oral health. Take this opportunity to review the simple, everyday habits that contribute to a healthy smile.

Resources

Pumpkins are a Dental Health Superfood

The American Journal of Medicine

The post How Pumpkins Can Improve Our Oral Health appeared first on Black Health Matters.

What Exactly are the Pillars?

The company used philanthropic dollars to renovate the ground floor of 33 Washington Street, transforming it into a retail hub in the heart of the city’s Arts and Education district. It is steps away from the Newark Museum of Art and across the street from Harriet Tubman Square. This is an area the company has invested in through other arts initiatives.

“I am really thrilled to be celebrating the grand opening of The Pillars. This is our largest, most ambitious investment yet in Newark’s future. By transforming 15,000 square feet here and the facade of the building, we’re further deepening our roots in the city, because we understand that when Newark thrives, we all thrive,” Carrigan explained. “The Pillars represent this shared destiny, a space that brings together local entrepreneurs, celebrates creativity, and reflects the best of Newark.”

Mayor Ras J. Baraka applauded the investment and discussed how corporations, the Newark Alliance, and art institutions are collaborating with the city. “You see that the art institutions and the corporations that have bought into what we are trying to do in the city of Newark, they have decided to work collaboratively to lift our city economically, socially, mentally, and spiritually, right across the street from Harry Tubman Square, he explained.

Finding the Retailers

Aisha Glover, Global Head of Urban Innovation at Audible, oversaw this massive project over four years. She collaborated with the economic impact, neighborhood investment, real estate, design, and various other departments to complete this project. Glover also found the retailers she thought would be the best fit for the space.

The three new retailers join 25 others who have come through Audible’s Business Attraction Program. They can receive up to $250,000 in undiluted grants for office space, relocation assistance, stipends, and mentorship with Audible employees, among other perks.

Tansy, Plant and Ecclectic Home Decor

The COVID-19 pandemic taught us how critical plants can be to our environment and to our physical and mental well-being. But Shawna Christian was way ahead of us.

She opened her first store in Burbank in 2019, after running an IT company. She told the LA Times, “I turned 50 and realized I wanted to do something different before I passed away. So I spent all of my money and opened a plant store.” Well, she’s shaking things up again by moving to Newark.

Christian said she didn’t know a lot about Newark before she arrived, but her experience has been impressive. “I’ve never seen such love and support from a city for creative artists and entrepreneurs. It is mind-blowing what is happening in the city,” Tansy’s founder said. “The Pillars is a huge representation of what this area is going to be.”

In addition to plants, Tansy has a cornucopia of fair-trade items from all over the world. And she ships!

Pooka Pure and Simple

Of the three retail tenants coming to The Pillars, Dawn Fitch, owner of Pooka Pure and Simple —a natural brand of body products —is the only one who has previously had a store in Newark. For her company, celebrating 25 years in business this year, it was a homecoming.

Fitch joked, “I’ll be sandwiched between my favorite things, plants and yoga!. But I also want to say to Audible, like this opportunity, this grant, is amazing as a small business, after 25 years, to receive this type of support is just unfounded, and it isn’t just the financial support, it was the team who is amazing,” she said.

With a larger space, it is also an opportunity to bring new things to her Pookalitas (her loyal customers).”Something new that we’re doing is a fragrance blending bar, because we think scent is so much a part of people’s stories,” Fitch said.

HealHaus Will Open in November

Darian Hall, founder of HealHaus, felt like he didn’t have the support he needed to thrive with his studio in Brooklyn.

“The impetus for me starting that business was to really provide mental health services and wellness for our community. And it’s deeply personal for me. Why I got into this work. And a lot of times when you’re on your entrepreneurial journey, you feel like you’re on an island by yourself,” he explained.

When I got the call from Audible to be a part of this program, it was like, Wow, God makes no mistakes. And it’s been an incredible blessing to be a part of this.

I am so excited to bring the services we offer at HealHaus to the city of Newark because the community needs them. We need the yoga, the meditation, the therapy right for our communities to really thrive, and for Audible to back that, is really amazing.”

Check out the website for the full lineup of classes and the menu at the cafe.

Mayor Baraka said he was excited to see that the retailers looked like him. He is proud that companies like Audible are holding the line. “So, it is important for us to show people what humanity looks like, what democracy looks like, and what the beauty of diversity can do to cities that are growing.”

The post Audible Opens The Pillars in Newark appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Rise of True Crime Culture

True crime has gone mainstream. Once a niche genre, it now streams alongside rom-coms and dramas, drawing millions with every release. Each new series sparks online buzz, Reddit threads, and amateur investigations. Viewers dig into case files, map timelines, and debate motives. While that scavenger hunt can be informative and sometimes empowering, it also prompts a deeper look at why we turn to tragedy for entertainment.

Audio platforms have followed suit. True crime podcasts now dominate listening charts, pulling audiences with suspenseful storytelling and the promise of answers. But experts say that comfort might not be what it seems.

Why Do We Relax to Violence?

In a 2023 interview on The Mel Robbins Podcast, clinical psychologist Dr. Thema Bryant warned that watching true crime to relax may signal unresolved trauma. “If your idea of relaxing before bed is watching three episodes of Law & Order,” she said, “then I would encourage you to think about why is trauma relaxing to you.”

@melrobbins If your idea of “relaxing” before bed is watching a few episodes of Law & Order (or any other true crime show), listen up. @dr.thema has a really important question for you to ask yourself: “Why is trauma relaxing to me?” This was just ONE of the many incredible mic drop moments and knowledge bombs that Dr. Thema, the current president of the American Psychological Association, drops in this episode. Listen now! “6 Signs You’re Disconnected From Your Power and How to Get It Back: Life-Changing Advice From the Remarkable Dr. Thema Bryant” #melrobbins #melrobbinspodcast #truecrime #truecrimepodcasts ♬ original sound – Mel Robbins

This goes beyond personal preference. It reflects patterns of emotional regulation. According to Dr. Chivonna Childs of the Cleveland Clinic, repeated exposure to violent content can increase anxiety, skew our perception of danger, and desensitize us to real-world harm. What starts as curiosity can turn into a coping mechanism, one that numbs rather than heals.

What Happens in the Brain?

True crime doesn’t just entertain. It stimulates the brain in specific ways. According to a recent article from NeuroLaunch, watching true crime can activate the brain’s reward system. Each twist, clue, or reveal may trigger a release of dopamine, the chemical that helps us feel pleasure and motivation. That’s part of why the genre feels satisfying or even addictive.

But there’s another side. Cortisol, the body’s stress hormone, can spike during intense or disturbing scenes. This can lead to sleep disruption, emotional fatigue, or increased anxiety, especially when the content is consumed regularly or late at night.

Experts also point out that our brains are wired to scan for threats. True crime taps into that instinct, offering a sense of control or preparedness. But when consumed too often, it can reinforce fear rather than reduce it.

In short, true crime can feel rewarding and informative. But it also has the potential to overstimulate the nervous system, particularly when it becomes part of a nightly routine.

True Crime, True Fixation

In 2025, Boston University researcher and assistant professor Dr. Kathryn Coduto, published a peer-reviewed study that helps explain why true crime feels so immersive and why it can be hard to stop watching, scrolling, or posting about it.

Her research looked at how people engage with crime stories online, especially when those stories are still unfolding. She found that many viewers experience something called cognitive preoccupation, which means they can’t stop thinking about the case. That mental pull often leads to compulsive behavior, like constantly checking for updates or posting theories on social media.

Coduto also introduced the term forensic fandom, a detective-like mindset where everyday people try to solve crimes using online clues. Social media platforms make this easy by offering visibility, shareability, and real-time updates. But the easier it is to engage, the harder it becomes to disconnect. Her study found that:

• People who felt emotionally connected to victims or perpetrators (called parasocial relationships) were more likely to post compulsively about the case.
• Compulsive posting and scrolling were linked to negative outcomes, including emotional distress, disrupted sleep, and difficulty focusing on work or school.
• Women were especially likely to experience emotional strain, often because they saw themselves in the victims or felt a need to stay informed for safety.

Whose Stories Get Seen and Whose Don’t

Most of the cases participants follow involve missing or murdered white women. These stories often receive widespread media coverage, which makes them easier to follow and more visible across platforms.

But this pattern is not random. Research has consistently shown that white victims, especially women, are more likely to receive national attention compared to Black, Indigenous, or other marginalized victims. This imbalance influences which stories people see, share, and emotionally invest in. It also means that many cases involving people of color are overlooked, underreported, or forgotten entirely.

The visibility of a case often determines how deeply people engage with it. When there is more information available, such as news updates, social media posts, or podcasts, it becomes easier for viewers to follow along, form opinions, and feel involved. However, that visibility is often shaped by race, gender, and perceived relatability rather than the facts of the case alone.

This raises a deeper question about whether we’re engaging with the full spectrum of harm or only the stories that are most visible.

What We Can Do Differently

True crime isn’t going away. But how we engage with it can change. Experts suggest setting boundaries around when and how we consume this content. That might mean avoiding it before bed, taking breaks from social media speculation, or choosing stories that honor victims, not exploit them.

It also means being mindful of whose stories we follow. If certain victims are always visible and others are not, we can ask why and seek out coverage that reflects a fuller picture.

True crime can inform and even inspire action. But it can also overwhelm, distort the truth and be distracting. The difference lies in how we choose to engage and whether we’re willing to step back when the story starts to take over.

Resources:

Conquer Overwhelm: Your Ultima… – The Mel Robbins Podcast – Apple Podcasts

How True Crime can Impact your Mental Health

True Crime’s Psychological Impact: Mental Health Effects Explored

Compulsive use of social media in emerging crime news stories: Perceived channel affordances and forensic fandom.

The post What Finding Comfort in True Crime May Cost Us appeared first on Black Health Matters.

“Unfortunately, we didn’t know what was behind her memory and thinking issues until her late 80s,” McIntosh says. “Back then, we just did the best we could in caring for her—but I really wish we had known more.”

That lack of answers stayed with Arlinda. Today, in her late 60s herself, the fashion designer and founder of Sofistafunk is both vigilant about her own cognitive health and inspired to create garments on what she calls a “creation with a cause”:

The Memory Skirt, Her Fashion Tells a Story

McIntosh, best known for her voluminous, whimsical skirt collections beloved by stars including Lauryn Hill, Queen Latifah, Mary J. Blige, and Yvette Nicole Brown, has always believed her designs should do more than look beautiful. “My skirts tell stories. They celebrate who we are and where we’ve been,” she says. The Memory Skirt takes that idea even further, weaving personal histories into wearable art.

Each one-of-a-kind piece incorporates a variety of fabrics, colors, textures, and needlework that reflect the life of the wearer. A recent commission was for Rita, a former journalist living with early symptomatic Alzheimer’s disease. Her skirt was designed with simulated newspaper clippings, fuchsia begonias, butterflies, cactus, and pink-and-gold-toned fabrics that remind her of home. “This skirt was my way of celebrating Rita,” McIntosh explains. “It was threaded with care, resilience, and hope.”

A Personal Wake-Up Call

McIntosh admits that as she got older, she began to notice a few “memory moments” of her own—things she once brushed off as stress or the overload of life as a mother, grandmother, and entrepreneur. But her family history weighed on her and pushed her to dig deeper. ”

One day, I thought, perhaps this is more than normal aging, and I should speak with my doctor to discuss it further,” she says. In true McIntosh fashion, she researched everything she could before her appointment, stumbling across terms like amyloid plaques—protein buildups in the brain linked to memory and thinking issues. “That was enough to give me even more reason not to miss my appointment,” she says. “After all, self-advocacy is my top priority—and there’s nothing wrong with a little cognitive testing—because I have many more skirts to sew.”

A Creative Legacy on A Mission

McIntosh’s career in fashion spans more than four decades, from hand-finishing garments at Norma Kamali in the 1970s to launching Sofistafunk in 2000 with her daughter-in-law. Known for slow, sustainable design (aka upcycling), she primarily works with natural fabrics like cotton, linen, wool, and silk, believing they carry an energy that supports well-being.

With The Memory Skirt, McIntosh masterfully blends artistry with advocacy. Inspired by her late mother and grandmother—women she once watched pick cotton and tobacco as sharecroppers in North Carolina, and both of whom later experienced memory and thinking issues—she sees the project as both a celebration of life stories and a gentle reminder for others to pay closer attention to their own cognitive health.

Why It Matters

McIntosh’s message is clear: if you notice memory or thinking changes in yourself or a loved one, don’t ignore them. Talk to a doctor. Ask if testing could be the next step in getting a complete evaluation. “Understanding that my mother’s symptoms were more than normal aging has totally shaped the way I approach my own health today,” she says. Through Arlinda’s designs, she’s making something beautiful out of something deeply challenging—a way to destigmatize memory and thinking issues while honoring the people who live with them every day.

Learn More

If you want your own version of The Memory Skirt? McIntosh says, “You can email her up to three photos and she will convert them into ‘heat transfers’ that will be beautifully incorporated into your skirt’s design.” She has had clients submit images from family albums, fashion magazines, vintage catalogs (i.e., Spiegel), and old album covers (i.e., Nat King Cole).

It depends on what your parent or loved one is or was into. For more information, go to sofistafunk.com and follow her on Instagram @funkingafter50. To learn more about memory and thinking issues and what steps you can take if you’re concerned for yourself or someone you love, visit More Than Normal Aging.

The post The Memory Skirt Weaves Fashion and Cognitive Health Together appeared first on Black Health Matters.

How to spot signs of mental distress in your children before they begin to escalate.

BHM: How can parents stay present when a child insists, they’re fine?

Dr. McClure: Stay close without pushing. You might say, “I hear you saying you’re fine. I’ll be right here if you want to talk.” That steady presence, even without words, can speak louder than questions. It shows your child they’re not alone, even if they’re not ready to open up.

BHM: What does emotional pain look like when it’s masked by silence or composure?

Dr. McClure: It can look like you are doing everything right on the outside while shutting down on the inside. Some children learn to hide their distress to avoid judgment or protect themselves. Watch for subtle shifts such as less eye contact, irritability, pulling back from friends, or a kind of calm that feels rehearsed. These changes often mean it’s time to check in and connect them with support.

BHM: How can parents tell when stress becomes something deeper?

Dr. McClure: Stress comes and goes. Deeper pain sticks around and starts to disrupt daily life. If you notice significant changes in sleep, appetite, mood, or interest, or hear talk about hopelessness, don’t wait. These are warning signs. Act quickly and get help in place.

Advice on having conversations about suicidal thoughts, saying they’re fine when they’re not and finding support systems

BHM: How can parents ask about suicidal thoughts with care?

Dr. McClure: Be clear and speak with care. You might say, “Sometimes kids feel overwhelmed and think about not wanting to be here. Has that ever happened to you?” Asking directly doesn’t plant the idea. It opens the door for honesty and shows your child you’re strong enough to hear the truth and ready to help.

BHM: If a child insists they’re fine, how can parents keep the door open without pushing them away?

Dr. McClure: Respect what they say, but keep space open. You can respond with, “Okay, I’ll respect that. Just know you don’t have to go through this alone. I’m here when you’re ready.” That balance of space and support builds trust and lets your child know you’re not going anywhere.

BHM: What support systems outside of therapy can parents lean on?

Dr. McClure: Look for trusted anchors, mentors, coaches, faith leaders, extended family, and community groups. These adults can offer another safe place for your child to turn. Parents don’t have to carry everything alone. Building a circle of care makes a real difference.

How distress shows up in younger kids versus teens, and how we can support our youth better in the future.

BHM: How do signs of distress differ between younger kids and teens?

Dr. McClure: Younger children often show distress through behavior, like acting out, regressing, or clinging. Teens may withdraw, isolate, or take risks. Younger kids need reassurance and stability. Teens need space and respect for their independence, along with consistent check-ins and presence from their parents.

BHM: What gives you hope in supporting Black youth mental health?

Dr. McClure: I see more families and schools talking about mental health early, not waiting for a crisis. That gives me hope. Parents should hold onto the truth that early help works. Building mental health through strength, routines, and safe connections matters just as much as preventing illness.

BHM: What would you change about how we care for Black children’s mental health?

Dr. McClure: I would rewrite systems that focus on deficits first. Care should begin with strengths and proactive support, not just reactions when problems show up. Every parent should know their child is not a problem to be fixed. They are a whole person with gifts, and early support helps those gifts shine.

Resources:

Dr. Byron McClure – 7 Mindsets

The post How to Know When Your Child’s Not Okay appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Burton’s Reading Rainbow won more than 250 Awards. Among them are 26 Emmys and a Peabody Award, and sparked a love of books in generations of children.

If You Don’t Know Mychal the Librarian

Mychal, a librarian at the Solano County Library in Dixon, California,  endeared himself to his growing following by simply being himself, sharing his passions for his vocation, and being vulnerable about his mental health struggles. He was an advocate for visiting local libraries, not only taking out books but also using the services.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by GBH (@wgbh)

He offered positive mental health messages. While sometimes sharing his own struggles.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Mychal (@mychal3ts)

Mychal became known for his greetings to the extent that people started making drawings to give to him.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Mychal (@mychal3ts)

But as his notoriety grew, the online bullies and trolls wouldn’t leave him alone. And those who want to ban books would show up at his library to harass him. All of that wasn’t good for his mental health. He left his full-time job, but he has never stopped spreading the joy that can be found in libraries.

About the Reading Rainbow 4-Part Reboot

The new Reading Rainbow follows a similar format to the previous iteration. This is a case of “If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.” According to NPR, Buffalo Toronto Public Media, which co-produced the original series in 1983, also co-produced the new season. It will only run for four episodes.

It appears that when Burton attempted to reboot himself, issues arose between the two companies. We won’t hold that against Mychal.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Mychal (@mychal3ts)

But in the spirit of sparking the joy of reading, here is the trailer, and some books that we think your little one will love:

Chef Carla Hall has a new picture book, Carla and the Tin Can Cake Party, about a game of dress-up gone wrong at the grandparents’ house, with a lesson learned about a family recipe.

In Dorethea Taylor’s There’s a Dragon in My Closet, a young boy blames all his misdeeds on an imaginary dragon in his closet.

Finally, get this duo by the late Faith Ringgold. Her classic Tar Beach, which features Cassie Louise Lightfoot’s magical wish for freedom, is told from the rooftop of her Harlem apartment building, also known as “Tar Beach.”  In Cassie’s Word Quilt, the follow-up, she offers readers a behind-the-scenes look at her day-to-day life—from her home to her neighborhood, school, and more. At every stop, Cassie is teaching them new words, ones they’ve never heard before.

And if you want to give your child a special treat, check out Ms. Ringgold reading Tar Beach on the original Reading Rainbow below.

Embed Video

Start at

The post Reading Rainbow is Back With a New Host appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Reed Was Impacted by Breast Cancer Early in Life

Reed says her dance with breast cancer began when she was just 18. “My mother, who had been diagnosed with an aggressive form of the disease, lost her battle when she was 40,” Reed says.

But the pain of that kind of loss revisited her family. When her younger sister was diagnosed with the same aggressive form of breast cancer. This was the first glamour shoot Reed did for a woman living with breast cancer. “It brought her such joy,” Reed says. Unfortunately, she passed away at age 38.

“Then, at age 33, my older sister was also diagnosed, but miraculously, she continues to fight her own battle,” the photographer adds.

Her  Diagnosis, Her Own Story

“Our family history was a stark reminder of the importance of early detection and being vigilant,” Reed says. “I have always been proactive about my health, especially regarding breast cancer.”

Reed, who was a breast imaging tech doing mammograms before she became a successful photographer, says, “I started getting mammograms at 30 and kept up with them religiously for nearly 15 years. It went from routine to reality in November of 2021. “I received an unexpected callback for additional images and, of course, anxiety set in,” Reed says. Soon, she faced the daunting prospect of a biopsy.

“The irony was that I had spent over 15 years working in breast imaging and was now on the other side of the exam table,” Reed adds.

Black Women and Breast Cancer By the Numbers

As the rates of breast cancer overall are going down, rates of aggressive and invasive breast cancer in Black and Brown women continue to rise, according to the Breast Cancer Research Foundation (BCRF). According to BCRF, in 2025, more than 319,750 new cases of invasive breast cancer and 59,080 new cases of ductal carcinoma in situ (also known as stage 0 breast cancer) will be diagnosed in women in the United States. While there has been an overall 44 percent decline in breast cancer deaths since 1989—thanks to gains in awareness, earlier diagnoses, and more effective treatments—there is a persistent mortality gap between Black women and white women.

Reed’s Diagnosis and Treatment

“My diagnosis was invasive ductal carcinoma, Stage 1, Triple Positive – considered one of the more manageable forms of breast cancer,” Reed says. “I was given the option of 12 weeks of chemotherapy, and if I chose a mastectomy, I could avoid radiation.” The photographer chose that form of treatment and has had five surgeries to date.

“While I couldn’t control my diagnosis, I could control my attitude and approach to this challenging journey.”

The mom, wife, and sister says, that her strong faith helped her navigate the treatment that got her through to the other side. She says the support of her husband and two teen sons was invaluable. “I held a steadfast belief that I was healthy, before each test, and that I would remain healthy. My body was, and still is, a remarkable healing machine,” she adds.

Making Breast Cancer Patients Feel Beautiful is Even More Important to Her Now

Reed has also remained focused on bringing beauty and joy to other women living with breast cancer through her photography, even while she was still in treatment.

She never forgot the joy that the experience of being a cover girl gave her sister. The aspiring creative partnered with the local Breast Cancer Resource Center of Central Texas to conduct the photo shoots. “I have the nonprofit choose the women who will participate, and I bring together a team that pampers them and creates legacy photos for them and their family.” I am honored to be a part of their journey.

Even though Reed acknowledges that her journey hasn’t been easy, she says, My breast cancer journey has also been marked by resilience, hope, and a strong mindset.

“I hope my story inspires other women facing similar battles to stay positive, proactive, and determined,” she says.

Resources

Breast Cancer Resource Fund

Understanding Ductal Cancer Carcinoma in Situ

Stage 1 Triple Positive Breast Cancer

The post Seeing Breast Cancer Through a New Lens appeared first on Black Health Matters.

For many, though, autumn still feels busy. The calendar fills, and expectations pile up. But this season can be something else, a reset, a return to yourself, a chance to feel more grounded.

We spoke with clinical pharmacist Dr. Christina Madison and therapist Nedra Glover Tawwab, a New York Times bestselling author, to explore how to navigate this season with greater ease and clarity.

Calm Mornings

Picture a morning that doesn’t start with a screen. The blinds are cracked just enough to let in the light. There’s a warm drink in your hands, and nowhere you need to be just yet.

“Honoring rest without guilt means recognizing that productivity isn’t just measured by constant action,” said Nedra Tawwab. “It’s also about our ability to recharge and reflect.”

That kind of intentional rest can be a cue to check in with your health. According to Aflac’s Wellness Matters Survey, 9 out of 10 Americans have delayed routine checkups and screenings that could help catch issues early. Slowing down is actually a form of self-care.

She encourages people to listen to their natural inclination to slow down, especially when they feel run down or overworked. “Giving ourselves permission to pause, savor quiet moments, and trust that rest is an essential part of growth” is key, she said.

Dr. Christina Madison agrees that fall is a good time to check in. “Shorter days and quieter weekends can be a great opportunity to check in on both your mental and physical health,” she said. “Consider pursuing mindful activities that can help manage stress and pass the time when you’re not able to get outdoors or see friends and family as much, such as reading, cooking, yoga, or journaling.”

Feel-Good Movement

Movement in fall doesn’t have to be intense. It can be restorative. You can make your movement meet you. Stretch in the living room. Dance while dinner simmers. Stroll through a park with leaves crunching underfoot.

“As the colder months approach, one of the first healthy habits people often falter on is their workout routines,” said Dr. Madison. “It’s easy to feel lazy about our physical fitness as the temperatures start to drop and the days are shorter, but the key is to stay on top of it and make movement enjoyable.”

She recommends indoor movement options, such as yoga or walking, to keep your body active without facing the cold. “Moving your body is not only good for your physical health but also your mental health,” she said.

Tawwab adds that rest is not a sign of weakness. “We should reach out for support from trusted friends, family, a therapist, or even a primary care physician to talk about how we are feeling,” she said. “Above all, we should remember that it is ok to move at our own pace.”

If you’re feeling unusually tired or burned out, it may be worthwhile to consult a healthcare provider. Remember, your physical, mental, and emotional health are all connected.

Eat What Supports You

Yes, nutrients matter. But what matters just as much is how they show up in meals that support you.

Dr. Madison recommends leaning into seasonal vegetables like carrots, sweet potatoes, and leafy greens. “They’re packed with nutrients that naturally support your overall health,” she said.

If you’re considering new supplements or experiencing changes in your energy levels, it’s a good idea to consult with your healthcare provider. Fall can be a time when underlying issues surface, and early conversations can help you feel more informed and prepared.

It’s not only what’s in the dish, but how it supports you. That could mean adding grains like brown rice, oats, or quinoa to your meals. Try cooked vegetables like sweet potatoes, carrots, or squash. Leafy greens, such as those with lemon or vinegar, can support digestion. Garlic, turmeric, and olive oil also offer benefits, especially when paired with something warm and filling. These ingredients can work together to support energy, mood, and immunity.

Hydration is essential in the fall, but it can manifest differently than in summer. Alongside water, try warm drinks that support digestion and circulation. Herbal teas, such as ginger, cinnamon, or nettle, can be soothing. Broths made from vegetables, bones, or mushrooms offer minerals and warmth. Sipping them slowly can help calm the nervous system and support gut health.

This is all about eating in a way that feels good for you this season.

Elevate Your Space

This is the season to soften your space. Think warm lighting, cozy textures, and scents that evoke a sense of calm.

“To stay grounded in the fall, I recommend creating a space in your home or office that feels calm and comfortable,” said Dr. Madison. “Your home should be your sanctuary.”

She suggests cozy lighting, relaxing scents from candles or oil diffusers, and even creating a reading nook. “Many studies have shown that when your space is more cluttered, it can directly impact your mood and productivity,” she said.

Try layering blankets, switching to warmer bulbs, or placing a favorite book within reach. Even small changes can shift the energy of a room.

Protect Your Peace

Life doesn’t slow down just because the season changes. That’s when boundaries matter most.

“During the fall, animals hibernate to recover and restore their energy,” said Tawwab. “Perhaps we can take a cue from nature and practice wisdom regarding how we use our energy during the fall months.”

She recommends setting limits on work hours, saying no to extra commitments, and prioritizing physical health. “Boundaries around technology and social obligations are important for us when it comes to ensuring we have time to recharge after a busy day or week,” she said.

For those navigating grief or emotional fatigue, Tawwab suggests simple grounding practices. “Try to get outside to breathe in some fresh air, go for a walk, or even just open the blinds to consume as much natural light as possible.”

Let It Go, Let It In

Fall can be a season of release. Nedra Tawwab encourages us to let go of the pressure to perform and embrace who we are. “Let go of the expectations you have about how you ‘should’ show up,” she encourages. “Instead, embrace who you are during this season.”

Connection may look different right now, but it still matters. “We are the stewards of our mental, physical, and emotional health, and we are more empowered than we think.”

With intention and grace, this season can feel softer, more honest, and more yours.

Resources:

The Public Health Pharmacist

Nedra Tawwab

Wellness Matters | Aflac

The post Your Guide to a Fall Reset appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Stats And Their Impact On Our Community

Death by suicide is now one of the leading causes of death in the United States, with troubling increases among Black youth in particular. While the subject is complex, it is also preventable—when communities are equipped to recognize the warning signs, talk openly about mental health, and connect loved ones to lifesaving support.

But what does a moment like this mean for suicide prevention, especially in Black communities where stigma and mistrust often run deep?

Vic Armstrong, VP Health Equity and Engagement at the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention, Answers Our Questions

To answer that question, Black Health Matters spoke with Vic Armstrong, Vice President for Health Equity and Engagement at the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention (AFSP). Armstrong has dedicated his career to making suicide prevention resources accessible, culturally relevant, and rooted in community trust.

In this conversation, he shares what everyone should know about suicide warning signs, the importance of 988, and why representation from public figures like Caleb Williams can help save lives.

BHM: Can you share how your personal background has shaped the way you approach this field of work today?

I grew up in a rural community in North Carolina. We didn’t talk about mental health at all. We didn’t see therapists—it just wasn’t part of the culture. If someone were struggling, we’d say they were “going through something” or “just having a hard time.” But therapy wasn’t seen as an option, and even if it was, there weren’t many providers who looked like us or understood our experiences.

On top of that, there’s mistrust. We’ve seen how medical institutions have mistreated Black communities—Tuskegee [Syphilis Experiment], Henrietta Lacks, and others. That history doesn’t just disappear. It creates barriers where people think, “I don’t know if I can trust this system.”

So, for me, this work is personal. I know what it’s like to grow up without resources, without seeing mental health as a real option. That’s why I believe in ensuring that people see themselves reflected in this work and know there are safe spaces where they can discuss and receive support.

BHM: Could you talk about what health equity means in the context of mental health and suicide prevention, and why it’s such an important part of the conversation?

Vic Armstrong: That’s a great question. People often confuse health equity with DEI. They’re related, but different. DEI focuses on the internal environment of an organization—creating diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging. Health equity, however, focuses on population health. It’s about ensuring everyone has the opportunity to live their healthiest life.

In suicide prevention, health equity means creating resources that truly reach all communities. Think of it like a business: if your product isn’t reaching a segment of the population, you ask, “Why not?” and adjust. We approach health equity in the same way—what do we need to do to reach communities that are being left behind?

Many think of health equity only in terms of race and ethnicity, but it’s broader. For example, rural communities face unique challenges compared to urban ones. First responders—more die by suicide than in the line of duty. Veterans: In the past 10 years, we’ve lost more to suicide than soldiers killed in the entire Vietnam War. Construction workers also face disproportionately high suicide rates. Therefore, health equity is about creating resources for all communities disproportionately impacted, not just one segment.

Addressing Some Common Misconceptions Associated With Mental Health Crises/Suicide Attempts

BHM: Can you explain how the 988 Suicide & Crisis line works, and address some common misconceptions about it?

Vic Armstrong: Absolutely. 988 is the national three-digit dialing code for suicide prevention and mental health crisis. Think of it like 911, but for mental health. Anyone in the United States can dial or text 988, and they’ll be connected to a trained crisis counselor.

One of the misconceptions is that calling 988 will automatically summon the police to your door. That is not true.

In fact, in the majority of cases—over 98%—crises are resolved over the phone without the need for law enforcement. The goal is to de-escalate, provide immediate support, and connect people to local resources.

Another misconception is that it’s only for people who are actively suicidal. That’s also not true. You can call 988 if you’re just overwhelmed, anxious, or worried about a loved one. It’s for anyone experiencing emotional distress. So, 988 is really about making mental health support more accessible. Instead of trying to remember a 1-800 number, people now have an easy, three-digit number to call in times of crisis.

Black Men’s Reactions to Caleb Williams’ Message

BHM: Recently, Caleb Williams, the NFL quarterback for the Chicago Bears, publicly displayed 988 on his fingernails. How significant is it when public figures like him use their platform to raise awareness?

Vic Armstrong: It’s huge. When someone like Caleb Williams, who’s young, successful, and admired, openly talks about 988, it normalizes the conversation. Especially for Black men, who often face stereotypes about being “strong” and “tough,” seeing a Black male athlete talk about mental health sends a powerful message: It’s okay to ask for help.

It chips away at stigma. It makes young men think, “If he can talk about this, maybe I can too.” We’ve seen a similar impact when other athletes and entertainers speak up, but Caleb’s timing is especially important given the rising suicide rates among Black youth.

BHM: Considering the stigma around Black men and mental health, some may see painted nails as nontraditional masculinity. Do you think men will connect with his message?

Vic Armstrong: I do. Celebrities and athletes are performers. For Caleb, it was about impact. Black men have often been socialized to stay silent, avoid showing weakness, and equate vulnerability with failure. Caleb’s message helps counter that—it shows it’s okay to ask for help. I think more men are beginning to embrace that truth.

BHM: What can other athletes and public figures learn from Caleb Williams’ example?

Vic Armstrong: Speaking out about mental health doesn’t bring backlash—it elevates you. Charlamagne tha God, Megan Thee Stallion—they’ve all used their platforms to normalize mental health conversations, and it resonates with youth. For Black youth, especially, there’s fear of being perceived as flawed. However, when successful athletes and entertainers display vulnerability, it creates a sense of permission and hope. Caleb’s example can inspire others.

What to Do When You Recognize Potential Suicidal Behavior in Others

BHM: What should people look out for in terms of suicide warning signs, and how should they start that conversation?

Vic Armstrong: I always tell people to think of warning signs in three categories: changes in talk, mood, and behavior.

Changes in talk might sound like someone saying, “I’m thinking of killing myself.” You should always take that seriously. It could also be things like, “I don’t want to be here anymore,” or “I’m tired of living like this.” In those moments, ask directly, “Are you thinking of killing yourself?” Asking doesn’t put the idea in their head—it opens the door to talk.

Mood changes could be if someone who’s usually upbeat becomes depressed, agitated, or irritable, or if they suddenly seem overwhelmingly sad. Look for changes from their normal baseline.

Behavioral changes might include risk-taking, substance use, or withdrawal. For example, I worked with a father whose son started driving at dangerously high speeds—later, we learned it was suicidal behavior. You should also pay attention to situational changes, such as grief, loss, and becoming an empty nester.

When starting a conversation, get the person alone and calmly point out what you’ve noticed: “I’ve seen you withdrawing. Do you want to talk about it?” Give them space. Your role isn’t to fix them—it’s to listen. If you’re concerned, ask directly about suicide. Be calm, confident, and straightforward. Don’t phrase it in a way that pressures them to say “no,” like “You’re not thinking about suicide, are you?” Suicide is complex. Listening without judgment can create a sense of safety.

BHM: For anyone reading this who may be struggling—or who has a loved one struggling—what would you want them to know?

Vic Armstrong: I’d want them to know that you matter. Your life has value. No matter how heavy things feel right now, there is help and there is hope. If you’re struggling, reach out—call or text 988. If you’re worried about someone else, don’t be afraid to check in. Asking directly, “Are you thinking about suicide?” can open the door to a life-saving conversation. And finally, don’t underestimate the power of community. Sometimes healing begins when we feel seen, heard, and understood

BHM: Thank you for breaking that down. On the topic of resources, what are some that AFSP offers?

Vic Armstrong: I encourage everyone to visit AFSP.org. One of my favorite resources there is “Talk Away the Dark,” which offers tips on starting tough conversations. We also have guides for supporting people who are hesitant about therapy, and resources for suicide loss survivors.

Our Talk Saves Lives program is an introduction to suicide prevention. We’ve adapted it into culturally relevant versions, like Let’s Save Lives for the Black community (Listening, Empathy, Trust, Support). There are also tailored versions for Hispanic communities.

The post Bears QB Caleb Williams Put Suicide Prevention in the NFL appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Also known as Chef Lex, Aquino is the executive director of the Brownsville Community Culinary Center.

Chef Lex Talks Being a Culinary Instructor in Harlem

He has deep connections to the Harlem community. He shared what he learned observing as a community member educating congregants of a church on Saint Nicholas and as a culinary instructor at Harlem Children’s Zone. Chef Lex worked to educate the children in the Harlem community on how to eat healthier as a part of that role. He presented them with information on how to make better choices that would support their health.

“What I discovered in my time while I was here in Harlem working with such a special group is that food is a relationship that we have with ourselves,” said Aquino. “Every single day we have a conversation with ourselves through a plate, where we make a choice and typically, it’s a choice that we enjoy.”

How the Foods We Choose to Eat Reflect Our Lives and Cultures.

He emphasized the many parts of life that are reflected in the food we choose to eat. Our celebrations, our sadness, our sacrifices, our core values, according to Aquino, can all eventually be found at the bottom of our bellies. He described the way food intersects with our personal and collective histories. Food choices can reflect where you are from and who you are tied to. “We make a statement to ourselves of love, of care, of cultural connection, of communal connection, and so, no matter what systematic experiences that we’re having, we can always empower ourselves through the conversation of food,” he continued.

Some of the nutrition issues faced by Black communities are systemic, but others are modifiable with changed behavior. “Proper nutrition offers one of the most effective and least costly ways to decrease the burden of many diseases and their associated risk factors,” according to the Journal of Nutrition.

 We Can Address Risk Factors in Our Community By Starting With the Youngest Among Us

Risk factors can start earlier for some than others. The Journal of the American College of Nutrition reports that “Childhood overweight and obesity can be prevented through improved diet quality, thus warranting intervention programs aimed at increasing access to healthy foods and improving food choice.”

These interventions are beneficial for young Black people who are at a higher risk for. Sometimes they require support to shift their habits or go out of their comfort zones.

Aquino shared some unique experiences he had observing young people in the Harlem area who required intervention to make improved dietary choices. “I had the pleasure of bringing that conversation to some young folks in Harlem that needed empowerment,” he said. “They needed self-esteem to go beyond just what they were experiencing in their schools, experiencing in the streets, even experiencing amongst their friends.”

Chef Lex Talks About His Program in Brownsville

He has gone on to work in the community of Brownsville, Brooklyn.

At the Brownsville Community Culinary Center, he “provides free, world-class culinary vocational training to Brownsville residents.” “We are a workforce program primarily,” he said. “We pay our students to be a part of the training.”

“There’s no financial barriers for them as they’re going after a career path,” he added. His work contributes to the economic and physical well-being of the community.

Students Learn How to Use Nutrition as Preventive Medicine

The training provided to students in the program centers not only on flavor but also on function. Participants learn how to use nutrition as preventive medicine. They bring that to their professional work in the culinary field and into their homes. They learn to make balanced plates that provide fulfillment without being too saturated with fat, sugar, or carbohydrates.

Their efforts are sorely needed in an area plagued by illnesses associated with poor nutrition.

Brownsville Has a High Rate of Diabetes

“Brownsville is home to some of the most challenging demographics of folks, and of all of the five boroughs, we have the highest rate of diabetes,” he said. The New York Department of Health reports that “The rate of avoidable adult diabetes hospitalizations in Brownsville is the highest in the city, more than twice the Brooklyn and citywide rates” and “40% of Brownsville adults consume one or more sugary beverages per day, the second-highest rate in the city.”

Diabetes management efforts require the development of a balanced diet that can be maintained by the person managing the illness. He demonstrated how easy it is to create a recipe suitable for people with diabetes.

He prepared a light melon salad that gave zest without syrup and a flavorful pumpkin pesto salad that didn’t pack on the carbs.

The Importance of Incorporating Cultural Awareness into Healthy Meals

Aquino offered attendees examples of dishes they could recreate at home to mind their health without abandoning their taste buds. Cultural awareness can improve dietary outcomes. The dishes were developed in his Brownsville space to translate cultural ingredients into healthy meals for those affected by health issues.

“We are constantly testing recipes to make sure they are culturally relevant,” he said. He explained that you don’t have to douse something with sugar or salt to enjoy it. “The flavor equation is taste plus texture plus memory,” he said.

Aquino smiled as his helpers walked through the aisles, handing over plates to attendees who shared how much they enjoyed the snack. He shared how much the moment meant to him.

“I like to think. That, at the core of it, being healthy should equal being happy. Because what’s the point of taking care of yourself if you’re not able to enjoy yourself?”

Resources

Journal of Nutrition

Journal of the American College of Nutrition 

New York Department of Health: Brownsville

American Journal of Medicine

Clinical Liver Disease

The post Prevent Chronic Diseases Before They Happen appeared first on Black Health Matters.

According to the Journal of Bone and Mineral Research, “This silent condition frequently remains undiagnosed until complicated by fracture.” It impacts the joints.

Leday described the many unpleasant pathways osteoarthritis takes to interrupt one’s life.

“It’ll manifest in wear and tear in your joints and grinding away at your cartilage. You’re going to have symptoms like pain, stiffness, swelling,” he said. “You’re going to see changes that develop slowly, and they only get worse. It does not get better, so any type of joint change that you’re going to experience is typically irreversible. And often it goes undiagnosed. Until it progresses to a point where it’s much more difficult to manage.”

Leday noted that the condition goes further than the body by highlighting its emotional and mental consequences connected to the fact that “OA may result in impairment of social function.” Isolation and limitation can trigger anxiety and depression.

The Risks for Osteoarthritis That You Should Know About

The risks for osteoarthritis rise with age, but there are other factors to be mindful of, including genetic and lifestyle factors. Comorbidities enhance the chance of being impacted by osteoarthritis. Obesity is a significant risk factor, as added weight places stress on one’s joints. “Overweight women are four times more likely to have the risk of developing knee osteoarthritis,” said Leday.

“For those who suffer from diabetes, that prevalence is actually twofold,” he added. Osteoarthritis can also have an adverse effect on attempts to manage blood sugar in those dealing with type 2 diabetes.

Leday Explains Some of the Approaches to Osteoarthritis Treatment

Initial treatment typically begins with lifestyle changes, such as adopting an exercise routine. If that is not enough to keep symptoms at bay, osteoarthritis is treated with surgical intervention.

Leday explained that there are different levels of surgical intervention, from “a minimally invasive approach to relieve some of the strain of the osteoarthritis” to full-fledged replacement procedures.

He Also Mentioned When You Might Want to Consider Surgical Options

He identified major signs that you should consider surgical intervention. “Number one, if you can no longer complete your routine daily task without help. Number two is if you have significant pain, pain that keeps you awake at night, despite using medications, pain that keeps you from being able to walk or bend over, and pain that isn’t relieved by rest.”

Some studies have shown that Black patients face higher levels of severe pain and a higher disability rate.

Listen to Your Body and Talk to Your Doctor

Leday emphasized the importance of being honest with your healthcare providers about what you’re experiencing. “One of the key notes that I’ve heard throughout these conversations and presentations today is to listen to your body,” he said. It is not enough to listen to your body. You have to honor what it is saying at all times, even when it might feel slightly embarrassing or might make you feel like you’re being a bother. Keeping a journal might help you communicate about what you’re feeling to your doctor.

He warned against admitting “it hurts like the devil” at home and downplaying discomfort as “a little stiff but it’s all right, it’s not that bad” while talking to doctors. “Be honest with yourself and be honest with your provider when you go in,” Leday added.

Osteoarthritis is Degenerative: Seek treatment as soon as possible.

Seeking treatment for osteoarthritis symptoms as soon as possible is the only way to ensure the most positive outcomes. “It often provides pain relief and functional improvement, so early diagnosis and treatment are important,” he said. “Delaying surgery may lower your quality of life, as well as osteoarthritis is degenerative, so it won’t get better. It actually may get worse.”

Some people assume joints added through surgery are worn out quickly and will automatically have to be replaced. But he pointed out that things have changed.

“The advancements in implant technology have surpassed what they were many years ago, so the joints you have today will last much longer than previously understood,” he continued.

He shared that progress in surgical interventions can help patients reach their goals and live more fulfilling lives. “We literally just had someone just this past year with our joints in their body run the New York Marathon, so this is an opportunity to, again, extend life,” said Leday.

“This is an opportunity to keep it moving.”

Resources

Journal of Bone Research

Reumatologia

Journal of the National Medical Association

The post Navigating Your Osteoarthritis Journey From Diagnosis to Surgery appeared first on Black Health Matters.

BLK, the dating and social app built for the Black community, surveyed thousands of users across the country to find out where that kind of connection is actually happening. Respondents rated their cities on dating satisfaction, partner availability, cultural alignment, and overall community vibe. The result is a list of cities where connection isn’t a guessing game. It’s showing up, feeling right, and making sense.

1. Houston, TX

Sitting at the top of the list, Houston leads with its mix of Southern hospitality and unapologetic ambition. Its strong Black community, active social scene, and deep cultural roots make it a place where connection feels natural, whether over brunch, at a community event, or just moving through everyday life.

2. Chicago, IL

Chicago has layers. From historic neighborhoods to buzzing community spaces, it’s a city where Black singles can find both comfort and curiosity. The vibe changes with the weather, but the chances to meet someone who feels like home stay consistent.

3. New York, NY

New York moves fast, but the connections here can be intentional. With so many Black creatives, professionals, and community spaces across the boroughs, it’s a place where dating doesn’t have to feel transactional. It can feel like finding someone who gets your pace.

4. Charlotte, NC

Charlotte is growing, and so is its dating scene. Young Black professionals are planting roots here, drawn by career opportunities and a social landscape that’s starting to reflect their values. It’s a city where building something, romantic or otherwise, feels possible.

5. Washington, DC

DC has range. From policy circles to poetry nights, it’s a place where Black singles connect through shared purpose and cultural pride. The dating scene often comes with intention, and the community makes space for it.

6. Baltimore, MD

Baltimore keeps it real. The city’s creative spirit and tight-knit neighborhoods offer space for connection that isn’t performative. Whether it’s through art, activism, or everyday life, Black singles here are finding relationships that feel grounded.

7. Atlanta, GA

Atlanta’s reputation as a cultural hub still holds. The city’s mix of legacy and innovation creates a dating scene that’s vibrant and layered. For Black singles, it’s a place where excellence is expected and connection often follows.

8. Detroit, MI

Detroit is rebuilding, and so are the ways people connect. The city’s creative resurgence and strong sense of identity make it a space where Black singles meet others who value authenticity and shared experience.

9. Philadelphia, PA

Philly doesn’t try to impress. It just shows up. The city’s Black art scene, community events, and everyday realness make it a place where connection can grow without pretense. For singles looking for something solid, it delivers.

10. Dallas, TX

Dallas is stretching beyond its stereotypes. With a growing Black creative class and more spaces for cultural expression, the city is becoming a place where Black singles find both comfort and possibility.

Cities That Didn’t Make the Cut

Some cities ranked lower in dating satisfaction and connection among Black singles. According to BLK’s survey, these include:

• Cincinnati, OH
• Wichita, KS
• Columbus, OH
• San Diego, CA
• Phoenix, AZ
• Indianapolis, IN

Each scored low on partner availability, cultural alignment, and overall vibe. For many Black singles, the dating scene in these cities feels disconnected from their lived experience.

Love shows up in all kinds of places. If you’re open to it, BLK is one place to start.

Resources:

BLK

The post 10 Cities Where Black Singles Are Finding Real Connection appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The answer is not simple, but it is evolving. While no single ingredient can stop cancer, research continues to show that diet may influence how prostate cancer behaves, especially in its early stages. In a healthcare system that often misses the mark for Black men, food offers a way to take back some control.

What the MEAL Study Taught Us

The Men’s Eating and Living (MEAL) study was one of the first large-scale trials to explore whether increasing vegetable intake could influence prostate cancer progression. Men with early-stage prostate cancer were randomized to receive counseling aimed at raising their vegetable consumption to at least seven servings per day, with a focus on cruciferous and carotenoid-rich vegetables. The control group received written dietary guidance without structured support.

After two years, researchers found no significant difference in tumor progression. However, the study demonstrated that men can change how they eat and maintain those changes. That foundation has shaped newer studies with stronger outcomes.

What We Know Now About Diet and Prostate Cancer

Recent research from Johns Hopkins has added clarity to how diet may shape prostate cancer outcomes. In a study of 886 men with low-grade prostate cancer on active surveillance, researchers found that those with higher Healthy Eating Index scores were less likely to see their cancer progress. For every 12.5-point increase in HEI score, the risk of moving to a more aggressive stage dropped—15 percent for grade group 2, and 30 percent for grade group 3.

The Healthy Eating Index is a way to measure how well someone’s diet aligns with national nutrition guidelines. It doesn’t require strict meal plans or expensive ingredients. Instead, it favors everyday foods that support the body and reduce inflammation. That can include familiar staples like collards, black-eyed peas, sweet potatoes, okra, brown rice, and leafy greens. It’s not about cutting everything out. It’s about building meals that work with your body, not against it.

Foods That Support Prostate Health

Certain foods may help the body respond better to prostate cancer. They won’t cure it, but they can support your health in ways that matter.

Tomatoes, especially when cooked, release a compound called lycopene. It’s an antioxidant that may help slow cancer growth. Think tomato sauce, stews, or roasted tomatoes. Heat makes it easier for your body to absorb and use.

Vegetables like broccoli, cauliflower, and Brussels sprouts contain natural chemicals that help clear out toxins. These are easy to steam, sauté, or toss into a stir-fry.

Fish like salmon, sardines, and mackerel are rich in healthy fats that calm inflammation. Two servings a week is a good place to start.

Green tea and pomegranate juice are packed with antioxidants that may help protect prostate cells. Some studies suggest they can help lower PSA levels, which is one way doctors track prostate cancer. PSA stands for prostate-specific antigen, a protein made by the prostate. When levels rise, it can be a sign that cancer is growing or becoming more aggressive.

Pumpkin seeds offer zinc, which supports prostate function. They’re easy to sprinkle on oatmeal, salads, or roasted vegetables.

Berries such as blueberries, raspberries, and strawberries are full of nutrients that fight stress in the body. Fresh or frozen, they’re simple to add to breakfast or snacks.

Leafy greens like spinach and kale help reduce inflammation and support overall health. You can blend them into smoothies, cook them down with garlic, or serve them with grains.

For a more detailed breakdown of foods to eat and avoid, explore the University of California, San Francisco’s Diet Recommendations Pamphlet.

Why This Matters for Black Men

Black men are more than twice as likely to die from prostate cancer as white men. According to the American Cancer Society’s 2025 report, they face a 16 percent higher mortality rate despite only a 4 percent higher incidence. This gap reflects systemic failures in early detection, access to guideline-based care, and inclusion in clinical trials.

Between 1991 and 2022, cancer mortality among Black men aged 40 to 59 declined by up to 67 percent. That progress is real, but it is not universal. It stems from reduced smoking rates and treatment advances, not from structural change. Black men continue to be diagnosed later, treated less aggressively, and excluded from the research that shapes care.

Lifestyle shifts offer a form of agency in a system that rarely prioritizes Black health. Food is not a replacement for treatment, but it can be a powerful ally.

Steps You Can Take Today

If you or someone you love is navigating prostate cancer, here are shifts worth considering:

• Add fatty fish like salmon or sardines twice a week.
• Use olive or avocado oil instead of seed oils.
• Incorporate beans, lentils, and whole grains regularly.
• Cut back on fried and ultra-processed foods.
• Include cooked tomatoes, cruciferous vegetables, and berries in weekly meals.
• Sprinkle in flaxseed or chia for plant-based omega-3s.

Always consult your care team before starting supplements or making major dietary changes.

Changing your diet will not erase a diagnosis. But it can support your body, your treatment, and your future. For Black men facing higher risks and fewer resources, food is care. It’s a way to stay present, stay grounded, and stay involved in your own healing.

Resources:

A Randomized Trial of Diet in Men with Early Stage Prostate Cancer on Active Surveillance: Rationale and Design of the Men’s Eating and Living (MEAL) Study (CALGB 70807 [Alliance]) – PMC

Slowing Cancer Through Better Eating | Johns Hopkins Medicine

P8-II-Diet_Guide_web [2].pdf

Cancer statistics for African American and Black people, 2025

The post Can Your Plate Protect Your Prostate? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Cost of Caregiving

The caregivers in our communities are managing medications, coordinating appointments, cooking, cleaning, and offering emotional support. They’re doing all this while working jobs, raising children, and navigating a healthcare system that often fails them. And they’re doing it with little rest, little recognition, and almost no room to breathe.

In 2025, more than 63 million Americans are family caregivers, according to a report by AARP and the National Alliance for Caregiving. But Black caregivers are carrying more than their share of the weight. As stated by The Senior Alliance, Black caregivers spend about 1.3 more years in caregiving roles than the national average and devote over nine extra hours per week to caregiving tasks. The percentage of Black women in caregiving roles is 6% higher than the national average.

And while Black caregivers are just as likely as others to be caring for a relative, those relatives are 25% less likely to be their parents. That matters. It shows how caregiving in our communities isn’t only about caring for mom or dad, it’s about stepping in for siblings, cousins, aunties, or elders who aren’t blood but are still family. Being there for others, not just those who raised you. It’s who needs you.

The Toll on Body and Mind

Caregiving is often framed as noble, but rarely as depleting. That needs to change.
According to Forbes, caregivers experience significantly higher rates of health problems than non-caregivers. These include elevated blood pressure, heart disease, sleep disorders, and chronic stress-related illnesses. Depression and anxiety rates among caregivers are two to three times higher than in the general population.

And the longer the caregiving continues, the deeper the toll. As reported by AARP, one in five caregivers now rates their own health as “fair” or “poor.” A quarter are taking on debt, and one in five cannot afford basic needs like food.

This is not sustainable. And for Black caregivers, the stakes are even higher.

Black Women Are Holding It Down, At a Cost

Black women are overrepresented in care work, both paid and unpaid. While Black men also show up as caregivers, the burden falls most heavily on the women in our communities.

According to the National Partnership for Women & Families, if their unpaid caregiving hours were compensated, their labor would be worth $80 billion annually.

Unfortunately, that labor is undervalued. Black women are more likely to be the sole caregiver in their household, more likely to care for multiple people, and more likely to do it without paid leave or outside support. They’re also more likely to delay their own care, push through exhaustion, and internalize the idea that rest is something you earn, not something you need.

The result? Higher rates of stress-related illness. More missed doctor’s appointments. More caregivers are getting sick themselves and have fewer opportunities to recover, reset, or even be seen. Caregiving isn’t the enemy. But ignoring its toll is. By identifying its stressors, we make space for caregivers in our communities to be cared for, not just relied on.

What Self-Care Really Means And Why It’s So Hard

Let’s be clear, self-care isn’t only bubble baths and scented candles. It’s not a marketing slogan. It’s the act of preserving your health, your sanity, and your identity in the face of relentless demands.

For Black caregivers, self-care often feels impossible. There can be guilt and pressure involved.

You might find yourself saying:

• “We take care of our own in this family.”
• “If I don’t do it, who will?”
• “I promised I’d always be there.”

These beliefs are rooted in love, but they can lead to burnout, resentment, and serious health consequences. It’s time to challenge them.

Reclaiming Self-Care

Self-care starts with honesty, not just about what you need, but about what’s getting in the way.

Are you skipping meals? Ignoring your own doctor’s appointments? Feeling resentful but afraid to say it out loud? You’re not alone, and you’re not failing. You’re human.

Recognize That You Matter

You’re not just a caregiver. You’re a whole person. Your health, your joy, your rest. They matter. Don’t postpone them for “someday.” Prioritize them now.

Name What You Need

Just like those you care for, your needs shift. Day to day. Moment to moment. Whether it’s sleep, support, a good meal, time, or silence, you’re allowed to name it, claim it, and act on it.

Ask for Help Without Apology

Be specific. Ask a friend to run errands, ask a sibling to take a shift, or ask your community to show up. People often want to help; they need direction. You’re incredible for stepping into the caregiving role, but no one should expect you to be a superhero. Put down the cape and lean on your community.

Protect Your Health

Schedule your appointments. Take your medications. Eat nourishing food. Drink water. Sleep. Your body isn’t a machine built to serve others. It needs care too. And you already know how to care deeply. That wisdom applies to you as well.

Find Joy in Small Moments

You may not be able to hop on a plane and escape your worries, but joy lives in the everyday. Five minutes of quiet. A walk with your thoughts. A playlist that makes you sing every word. Joy isn’t always prescribed, but it is medicine. And you deserve to feel it.

Join a Support Network

Seek out caregiver groups that reflect your experience. As recommended by The Senior Alliance, culturally affirming support networks offer connection, validation, and practical help.

Challenge the Guilt

Guilt in caregiving is rooted in lies. It tells you rest is wrong. That asking for help means you’re failing and that your worth is tied to how much you overextend. Here’s the truth. You are worthy. Even when you’re resting, or when you’re not “doing,” and especially when you’re simply being.

A Message to Black Caregivers

You are the backbone of so many families. The ones who show up when it’s hard, when it’s thankless, and when no one else does. But you are also human. You’re allowed to be tired. You’re allowed to need care. And you’re absolutely allowed to put yourself first. Because when you do, everyone benefits.

Self-care isn’t a luxury. It’s a necessity that looks different for every individual, and it’s time we treated it that way. You deserve to take up space, not just in caregiving, but in your own life. So today, take one intentional step toward yourself. Trust your voice and honor your needs.

Resources

Caregiving in the US 2025: Key Trends, Strains, and Policy Needs

The Senior Alliance

The Toll Of Caregiver Stress When Caring For Aging Parents

Caregiving in the US 2025 – Research Report

Black Women and the Care Agenda | National Partnership for Women & Families

The post Caregivers, Be Good to Yourself appeared first on Black Health Matters.

This guide covers what’s normal, what’s not, and what to do when things feel off, physically or emotionally.

Why Does Breastfeeding Feel So Hard at First?

Because it is, you’re learning a new skill while recovering from birth, navigating sleep deprivation, and adjusting to a new identity. Breastfeeding is a supply-and-demand system, and in those early weeks, your baby’s frequent nursing helps build your milk supply. But it’s also a dance, one that takes time, patience, and support to learn.

Why Does My Baby Nurse So Often?

Newborns have tiny stomachs, about the size of a cherry on day one, growing to a walnut by week one. Breast milk digests quickly, so babies get hungry fast. Frequent nursing is normal and necessary. Watch for early hunger cues like lip smacking, rooting, or hand-sucking. Crying is a late sign. If you can catch hunger earlier, feedings tend to go more smoothly.

What Should Breastfeeding Feel Like?

A good latch shouldn’t hurt. It might feel unfamiliar at first, like a gentle pull or stretch, but it shouldn’t make you wince. If you’re feeling sharp pain, pinching, or burning, something’s off. And you don’t have to push through it. Painful nursing is uncomfortable, but it can also lead to cracked skin, low milk transfer, and frustration for both you and your baby. Most latch issues are fixable with minor tweaks, and getting help early can make a huge difference.

Talk to a lactation consultant, nurse, or peer counselor. You deserve to feel supported, not punished, for trying to feed your baby.

What Is Engorgement and Why Does It Hurt?

Around day three to five postpartum, your milk “comes in,” and your breasts may feel full, firm, or even rock-hard. That’s engorgement, your body’s way of prepping for demand. But if you wait too long between feedings, inflammation builds, making it harder for your baby to latch. It can feel swollen, tight, or tender, and for some women, even painful.

Frequent nursing helps prevent it, and cold compresses can offer relief. Even if you’re not sure your breasts are full, it’s okay to nurse. Your baby’s cues matter more than the clock.

What to Do When Nursing Feels Hard

If your baby is struggling to latch or your breasts feel too firm, there are ways to make feeding more comfortable. Between sessions, a cool washcloth or gel pack can help reduce swelling. If the area around your nipple feels tight, try gently pressing with your fingertips for about a minute. This softens the tissue and makes it easier for your baby to latch.

You can also ask your provider if ibuprofen is safe for you; it’s often recommended to reduce inflammation. And if you notice fever, chills, or one breast that feels hot, red, or painful, call your doctor. These could be signs of mastitis, a breast infection that needs medical care.

What About Cracked, Sore, or Bleeding Nipples?

It’s common in the first few days, especially if the latch isn’t deep enough. If your nipples are damaged, take your baby off the breast and try again. Use expressed breast milk or purified lanolin to soothe the skin. Keep breastfeeding. Healing happens faster with continued nursing and latch correction.

What If I Have Large, Flat, or Inverted Nipples?

These variations are normal and don’t mean you can’t breastfeed. A lactation consultant can help with positioning and latch techniques. Nipple shields may help temporarily, but they’re not a long-term fix. With support, most women find a rhythm that works.

Will My Breasts Leak?

Maybe. Maybe not. Some leak during pregnancy, others only when feeding or thinking about their baby. Nursing pads can help; change them often to avoid irritation.

Do I Need to Prep My Nipples Before Birth?

No. Your body already has oil glands that keep the skin soft and guide your baby by scent. Skip the soaps, lotions, and perfumes. Plain water is enough.

The Emotional Side of Breastfeeding Pain

Pain isn’t just physical. It’s emotional too. And now, we finally have language for some of the more complex feelings that can show up during breastfeeding.

Dysphoric Milk Ejection Reflex (D-MER)

D-MER is a sudden wave of sadness, anxiety, or even rage that happens just before or during milk letdown. It’s hormonal, not psychological, and usually lasts anywhere from 30 seconds to 10 minutes.

According to a study published in Archives of Women’s Mental Health, about 15.5% of breastfeeding women report symptoms of Dysphoric Milk Ejection Reflex (D-MER). Many describe it as a sudden drop in mood that feels intense but brief, often mistaken for postpartum depression, though it’s a distinct experience.

Breastfeeding Aversion Response (BAR)

Breastfeeding Aversion Response (BAR) shows up as a wave of discomfort, irritation, or even a strong urge to unlatch while nursing. It’s not about disliking your baby or failing at breastfeeding; it’s a physiological reaction that can feel overwhelming and hard to name.

BAR is more common during tandem feeding, nursing through pregnancy, or breastfeeding older babies. A study published in the Journal of Midwifery & Women’s Health found that more than half of women experiencing BAR ended feedings early, and nearly half received no support from their provider. Emotional discomfort during nursing isn’t a mood disorder, but it still deserves recognition, care, and compassion, especially for Black mothers who are often dismissed in clinical spaces.

Mental Health Matters

Breastfeeding can be healing, but it can also be emotionally heavy. A systematic review in the Journal of Women’s Health found that while nursing may reduce anxiety for some, it can increase stress and depressive symptoms for others, especially when pain, pressure, or isolation are involved.

When Black mothers speak about breastfeeding pain, they’re often met with disbelief or blame. The emotional toll includes shame, isolation, and the unraveling of self. It’s rarely named, let alone addressed. But it’s real. And it deserves care that centers the mother’s wellbeing, not just the mechanics of feeding.

Here’s the truth. Feeding your baby isn’t a test. You’re not a bad mom if breastfeeding is hard. You’re not failing if you need help or take a different path. You’re doing what works. That’s love and care.

What If I Choose Not to Breastfeed?

Even if you don’t breastfeed, your body will still produce milk. You may experience fullness or engorgement. Pain management, cold compresses, and gradual weaning techniques can help. Talk to your provider about safe ways to suppress lactation if needed.

When Is Pain Not Normal?

If pain lasts more than a few days, gets worse, or comes with fever, chills, or red streaks on the breast, call your provider. You may have mastitis or a blocked duct. If nursing feels emotionally unbearable, reach out. There’s no shame in asking for help.

A Quick Recap

We get it. You’re busy, tired, maybe overwhelmed. Whether you’re the one nursing or the one helping, here’s a quick recap of what actually helps, so you don’t have to dig for answers when you need relief now.

If It Hurts, Pause and Reassess

Pain during breastfeeding is common, but it’s not something you have to push through. According to the CDC’s Breastfeeding Report Card, latch pain is one of the top reasons women stop breastfeeding early. If it feels sharp, pinching, or burning, unlatch and try again. A good latch should feel like a tug, not a sting.

Don’t Wait for Your Breasts to Feel Full

Engorgement can happen fast, especially in the first week. Your breasts may feel swollen, tight, or hot. That pressure can make it harder for your baby to latch. The U.S. Breastfeeding Committee recommends feeding on demand and using cold compresses between sessions to reduce inflammation. You don’t need to wait for fullness, follow your baby’s cues.

Cracked Nipples Aren’t a Badge of Honor

If your nipples are cracked or bleeding, it’s usually a sign of a shallow latch, not something you need to “tough out.” Expressed breast milk has natural healing properties, and purified lanolin can help soothe the skin. Skip soaps and scented lotions; your body already produces oils that protect and guide your baby.

Your Emotions Matter Just as Much as Your Milk

If you feel dread, sadness, or irritability during letdown, it could be Dysphoric Milk Ejection Reflex (D-MER). If nursing feels emotionally unbearable, pause and get support. You’re not failing, you’re responding to your body. And that’s something to honor.

Support That Meets You Where You Are

Call the National Breastfeeding Hotline at 800-994-9662 on weekdays between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. ET to speak with trained peer counselors through the Office on Women’s Health. You’ll reach people who understand latch pain, emotional overwhelm, and everything in between. Support is free and judgment-free as well.

Also, check out the U.S. Breastfeeding Committee’s resource hub for toolkits, webinars, and updates on breastfeeding protections.

Asking questions about breastfeeding pain doesn’t make you weak; it makes you aware. And that awareness? It’s part of your story, just like it’s part of so many others. From here, you get to decide what comes next. Whether you nurse, pump, wean, or opt for formula, your effort to understand your body and your options is enough. More than enough

Resources:

Dysphoric milk ejection reflex: prevalence and associations with self-reported mental health history | Archives of Women’s Mental Health

Breastfeeding Aversion Response (BAR): A Descriptive Study

The Effects of Breastfeeding on Maternal Mental Health: A Systematic Review | Journal of Women’s Health

Breastfeeding Report Card | Breastfeeding Data | CDC

National Women’s Health and Breastfeeding Helpline

Breastfeeding Resources for Parents

The post Solutions to Your Common Questions About Breastfeeding Pain appeared first on Black Health Matters.

It’s Not Just Adults, 1 in 3 Teens is Prediabetic

According to the CDC, 32.7%, an estimated 8.4 million teens ages 12-17 are prediabetic. This data was collected from the 2023 National Health and Nutrition Survey, the most recent time information was gathered.

In a statement to ABC News, Dr. Christopher Holliday, the CDC’s top official in charge of diabetes prevention, said Type 2 diabetes poses a “significant threat” to young people’s health.

What is Diabetes?

Diabetes occurs when the level of sugar in the blood is too high. That happens because of a problem with the hormone insulin, which is made in the pancreas. When you eat, the pancreas releases insulin into the bloodstream. This allows sugar to enter your cells, lowering the amount of sugar in your blood.

In type 2 diabetes, the pancreas does not make enough insulin, and the body can’t use insulin as well as it should. That means sugar cannot move into the cells, and it builds up in the blood.

What is Prediabetes?

Prediabetes is a condition in which blood sugar is higher than normal, but it’s not high enough to be considered type 2 diabetes. People who have prediabetes are at high risk of developing type 2 diabetes.

A person’s blood sugar can be at a prediabetes level for quite some time. Although it doesn’t carry all the risks of the full disease, prediabetes isn’t harmless. The damage diabetes can do to your body may start in the prediabetes stage, particularly complications that affect the blood vessels, heart, and kidneys.

What Changes You Need to Make to Reverse Prediabetes

The good news is that there are ways to reverse this condition. Specific lifestyle changes can lower your blood sugar level and decrease your risk of developing diabetes.

 Maintain a healthy weight.

The root cause of type 2 diabetes is not completely clear, but weight does play a role. In people who have obesity, the body may need two to three times more insulin than it would at a healthy weight. When the pancreas tries to produce that much additional insulin, it can be pushed beyond its capacity, and insulin-producing cells start to die. That worsens the situation because the pancreas then has even fewer cells with which to make insulin.

Eat a Diet Rich in Vegetables, Fruits, and Whole Grains

Changes in eating habits are often necessary. Eat a healthy diet that’s rich in vegetables, fruits, and whole grains. For guidance, consider talking with a dietitian. Maintaining a healthy weight is essential for exercise.

Get 30 Minutes of Exercise a Day, 150 minutes Per Week. 

Get 150 minutes or more of moderate aerobic physical activity a week or at least 30 minutes most days. If you count steps as a way to monitor activity, you will likely need to take 10,000 to 15,000 steps per day to maintain a lower weight. Another benefit of physical activity is that muscles can take up and burn sugar without the need for insulin, thereby taking pressure off the pancreas.

Control Your Blood Pressure, Cholesterol, and Don’t Smoke

Controlling high blood pressure and high cholesterol can also reduce your risk of future diseases. And because smoking can worsen insulin resistance in the body, don’t smoke. For help quitting, talk to your health care provider.

Preventing prediabetes from progressing to type 2 diabetes is vital for your long-term health. Over time, Type 2 diabetes can affect nearly every major organ in your body, including the blood vessels, nerves, eyes, and kidneys. If left untreated, diabetes complications may be disabling or even life-threatening. But if you lower your blood sugar level, your risk of type 2 diabetes and its potential complications decreases dramatically.

Resources

CDC: Prediabetes: Could It Be You?

CDC National Health and Nutrition Survey

The post Can You Reverse Prediabetes? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

To explore the cultural and structural forces behind this crisis, we spoke with Dr. LaToya Lewis, a nationally recognized nursing professor and healthcare equity strategist.

Why Black Women Carry the Heaviest Caregiving Load

While broader analysis on Black Caregiving includes many experiences, Black women often carry the heaviest load.

Dr. Lewis describes how the stigma surrounds even basic expressions of need. “There is a taboo surrounding the need for support in raising a family and managing multiple responsibilities,” she explained.

“Black women are expected to do everything and be everything to everyone, yet no one accounts for how they are to be cared for in return or allowed to need rest.”

If Being Tired is Unacceptable, Burnout is Inevitable

In these environments, being tired or needing help becomes unacceptable. This contributes to silence around mental health challenges, reduces help-seeking behaviors, and erodes safe spaces for caregivers to advocate for their wellness.

Aside from personal impact, caregiver burnout is also a systemic health equity issue. “Primary prevention activities, such as wellness checkups, follow-up care, or managing underlying illnesses, are often neglected because most of their efforts go toward caring for loved ones,” Dr. Lewis said.

Caregivers Sacrifice Their Health

According to the AARP Caregiving in the U.S. 2025 report, nearly 1 in 4 caregivers struggle to care for their health due to caregiving responsibilities. Black caregivers are also more likely to give up paid employment to care for loved ones, citing a lack of affordable and quality care options.

Among caregivers under age 50, 36% of Black caregivers are part of the “sandwich generation,” simultaneously caring for children and aging adults.

Fragmented healthcare, limited access to culturally competent mental health providers, and a lack of training for family caregivers further deepen this divide. “Black and brown communities are at higher risk due to economic divides and systemic barriers in healthcare and mental health support,” she added.

Counting the Emotional and Psychological Costs of Caregiving

Dr. Lewis confirms what data also shows: Black women disproportionately take on intense caregiving roles with fewer supports. “This aligns with my experience interacting with caregivers involved with end-of-life care and palliative care,” she noted.

“These individuals manage the tasks of caregiving, working, and the expectation to perform at a high level,” Dr. Lewis shared. “This can lead to a wearing ‘mask’ at work as they put on a high-performing act, continue to meet objectives, and neglect their needs.”

Behind professional success, many are managing high-functioning anxiety and depression with little rest or reprieve.

The 2025 report found that 64% of caregivers report high emotional stress, and 45% report heavy physical strain, with Black women caregivers disproportionately affected.

Organizations Need Leaders With Emotional Insight

Supporting caregivers requires organizational leadership that prioritizes care, not just output. “Leadership that honors emotional well-being, cultural wisdom, and care-driven values requires emotional intelligence, cultural responsiveness, and cultural sensitivity,” Dr. Lewis explained.

She advocates for leaders who initiate check-ins, anticipate needs, and recognize when cultural norms may discourage vulnerability. “Being proactive, not just reactive, lets staff know you care about their holistic well-being,” she said. “Employees who feel supported by leaders focused on overall well-being will take better care of themselves and understand they are valued beyond being a number.”

Organization Need to Create Safe Spaces to Discuss These Issues

Dr. Lewis’s leadership reflects this philosophy across settings. Whether in the ICU or the classroom, she centers mentorship, emotional safety, and community uplift. “What redefined my understanding of leadership was realizing that my role extended far beyond managing operations and patient care deliverables,” she shared.

Now, she supports future nurses and doctoral students not just with academic guidance, but personal care. “Students who aren’t in my class often reach out to me for career advice or guidance,” she said.

“I strive to create a non-judgmental, empowering environment that focuses on what is most important to them, helping support them in their journey.”

Provide Caregivers With Tangible Support

As caregiving demands intensify, advocates are calling for targeted policy solutions. These include federal caregiver tax credits, expanded paid leave, and respite services that reflect the actual time and emotional toll of care. According to the 2025 report, 69% of caregivers support tax credits, and 55% support paid leave programs.

Dr. Lewis believes recognition is the first step. “We have to stop treating care as a personal problem to solve and start seeing it as a public responsibility.”

Resources

FINAL Caregiving in the Black Community

Caregiving Crisis in America Keeps Growing

The post Who’s Caring for Black Caregivers? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Truvillion is joining us as one of the cohosts of the BHM  Harlem Week 2025 Health Summit & Expo.

He wants us to know that we can learn to eat differently.

“That you have options to understand how the way that we are eating, the mac and cheese, the processed food, all the time is slowly killing us,” he explained.

“With more education, we wouldn’t be consuming the foods like that, and understanding that you can take care of yourself inside out.

Who Inspired Him to Try a Plant Plant-Based Diet?

Today, Truvillion has been fully committed to a plant-based diet since 2016. Erica Ash, in the BET drama  In Contempt, in which they co-starred.

“She was plant-based, and I was watching her discipline. She was telling me about Dr. Sebi, these cleanses, and how they helped her. I was number five on the call sheet, and she was number one. And I remember thinking to myself, to get to that next level, I need more discipline,” he said.

After shooting in Toronto for six months, he returned home and began planning for the future. Generally, he future-paces four to five years in advance.

But the native New Yorker, who grew up in Southeast Queens, also began looking at his life and habits.

“I have family coming over to the house. And have a drink. I go to this red carpet, have a drink. And go to this event and I have a drink,” he recalled.

“I’m at this function, and I have a drink. I look back and say, Damn, I’ve been drinking for months.”

Making the Decision to Try a Plant-Based Diet

The actor asked himself when he last practiced self-discipline and decided to challenge himself and order the advanced cleanse. It was an expensive purchase, so Truvillion committed to sticking with it.

A self-professed good cook, there were things in his pantry he could no longer use, which took some getting used to.

“I had to find all these new ingredients and new alkaline foods. And I went on this journey. And I walked in the dark for like, four to five months,” Truvillion pointed out.

“But when I got to the other side. I’m not going back. As much as I love my salmon, as much as I love my lollipop lamb chops, as much as I love my halibut and my turkey burgers and my buffalo wings.”

What Does He Like to Cook Now?

Truvillion says that his mood drives his palate. “I could go from making plant-based tuna out of chickpeas and walnuts to making a vegetable plant-based lasagna with plant-based cheese and ricotta cheese,” he recounted.

And stuff in there to make a lobster roll with lobster mushrooms, or, almost like a Philly cheese steak with morel mushrooms.”

He is not one of those plant-based purists. His family still gathers at his home for big occasions. He still fixes some of their favorites, including mac and cheese.

“There hasn’t been any fish or anything on my stove, particularly in a long time, but I made Mac and cheese and some other things for family,” he said.

And Truvillion may even eat a piece of chocolate now and then.

“I look at my grandfather, who lived to be 99. You could do anything you want in this world, just in moderation. I’m more on the lighter side of things. So if I have something that ain’t on the list, I’m good.”

Five Food Switches

The multihypenate, who can add another title to his roster, is also an entrepreneur, and says sometimes making some simple shifts in your diet can make a big difference. Here are his five suggestions:

• Try dates or agave instead of white sugar
• Try Pink sea salt instead of white salt
• Consume food containing seeds
• Add Key limes to your diet
• Add Sea Moss to your diet

Editor’s Note: Always check with your doctor, especially if you have any underlying conditions.

Be sure to check out Tobias Truvillion in-person or virtually at the BHM 2025 Harlem Week Summit & Expo. Check out this link for registration information.

The post Tobias Truvillion Believes Food Can Be Medicine appeared first on Black Health Matters.

To help us see things clearly, we tapped into the expertise of Utenzi Miller, an acclaimed optician, visual stylist, and owner of Elegant Eyes, Inc., an optical center dedicated to offering high-quality, fashionable eyewear, based in East Orange, New Jersey. Miller understands and operates in her mission to help people “Discover their EYE-dentity” with stylish frames fit for everyone.

The Perfect Pair: Summer Eyewear Trends

When it comes to Summer’s eyewear trends, she points us directly to the perfect blend of style and substance – highlighting that transitional lenses – “especially those with match tints or polarized lenses” – are a key trend. Miller explains, “These aren’t just practical; they’re all about personalizing your look, letting clients pick gradient or ombré shades from cool to warm to fit their ‘EYEdentity perfectly.'”

The protective power of transitions here comes from photochromic technology, which shields eyes from UV light by quickly transforming into sunglasses (in at least 60 seconds or less). Beyond the lenses, the “bigger the better” philosophy applies to frames this season. Oversized designs— think square, round, or geometric shapes—not only make a bold, fashion statement, but also provide ample coverage and excellent UV protection.

Utenzi Miller – Coltrane by Valley Eyewear $299

Elisa Johnson Lyric Leigh Sunglasses $150

DIFF Kylo Ren Sunglasses $59

Miller emphasizes that while summer eyewear is about expressing individual style, it’s essential to stay mindful of eye health – ensuring lenses provide adequate UV protection and considering features like polarization or blue light filters to meet specific lifestyle needs.

From Glares to Stares: What Your Lenses Need

Beyond just being a style statement, the real power of your summer eyewear lies within the lenses themselves. Miller highly recommends wearing summer eyewear with polarized lenses. She explains, “Polarized lenses reduce glare and significantly improve visual clarity in high UV or bright light environments. This adds more protection for your eyes and allows for clear sight, reducing eye strain due to light sensitivity.”

Other key coatings include Anti-Reflective (AR) Coating, which reduces reflections on the lens surface to improve clarity and reduce glare, especially in bright conditions. Scratch-Resistant Coating is also essential, helping to protect your lenses from daily wear and tear, which ultimately extends the lifespan of your sunglasses. Utenzi Miller restates looking beyond sunglasses to consider blue light filtering options if you spend a lot of time on screens, helping to combat digital eye strain.

livho High Tech Blue Light Glasses $15.99

Warby Parker Whitten Glasses $195

Shield Up – For Your Active Lifestyle

For those with active lifestyles, from outdoor sports and long days in the sun, to even a routine dental appointment, specialized eyewear is key. Miller reiterates that polarized lenses are a game-changer. “Polarized lenses reduce harsh glare from reflective surfaces like water, snow, and roads,” she explains, “and they also can enhance contrast and improve visual clarity.” Making them beneficial for extended outdoor activities such as fishing, boating, skiing, and even long drives, reducing eye strain and improving safety.

Specialized Protective Eyewear for Sports is Essential

Beyond lens technology, the frame design plays a key role in eye protection. Wraparound-style frames are ideal as they can protect the delicate eye area from sunlight, wind, and debris. They’re also designed to stay in place during physical activity, a significant benefit when you’re on the go. For summer activities like swimming and racquet sports, specialized protective eyewear isn’t just an option—it’s essential, especially if you typically wear eyeglasses or sunglasses for vision correction.

The American Academy of Ophthalmology makes it clear: about 90% of sports-related eye injuries are preventable with the proper eyewear. Meaning your regular glasses or fashion sunnies won’t cut it, and can make an eye injury worse.

If You Are a Swimmer or Diver, Rx Goggles are a Game Changer

For swimmers, prescription (Rx) swim goggles are a game-changer, offering crystal-clear underwater vision, plus anti-fog and 100% UV protection (yes, even underwater!). And for the athletes hitting the courts for tennis, racquet, or pickleball, you’ll also need protective sports glasses or goggles designed to take a hit. Whether you opt for clear lenses for indoor play or tinted prescription sunglasses for sunny outdoor matches, look for shatterproof polycarbonate or Trivex lenses that meet the same high safety standards and stay securely in place through every intense moment.

Look For Eyewear That Meet Industry Standards

The American Academy of Ophthalmology recommends checking for eyewear that meets recognized industry safety standards for impact protection, such as those set by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), with specific standards for general sports and even tougher ones specifically for racquet sports.

Most high-quality sports frames are designed to take your custom Rx lenses directly, whether you need clear glasses or tinted protective sunglasses, or they offer secure inserts. Investing in the proper certified eyewear means you’re getting both clear vision and peace of mind so that you can enjoy your summer activities safely.

Speedo- Fastskin Hyper Elite Mirrored Goggles $78

Shaq Eye Gear 104Z Sport Goggles $99

Invest in Quality Protective Eyewear

When it comes to seeing the importance of spending money on quality protective eyewear, Miller has some clear recommendations. Miller names Oakley as a standout brand, known for specializing in sunglasses, goggles, and optical frames across sports, military, and lifestyle categories. “Oakley specializes in high-quality and durable products, making them a reliable investment for longevity and ultimate eye protection,” she adds.

Oakley- Hex Jector Introspect Collection Sport Glasses $187

Oakley- Sphaera Wrap Sunglasses $248

This Summer, don’t just throw some shade, throw on the right shades! As the days shine bright, remember that your eyewear is more than an accessory. Prioritize selecting styles with 100% UV protection, understand special lens features, and choose the correct frame sizes to fit your lifestyle and make wise decisions about your long-term eye health. Step outside with confidence, knowing you’ve got your vision covered with every bright moment in the sun.

Resources

The American Academy of Ophthalmology

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

The post Shade, No Shade: Your Guide to Stylish & Safe Summer Eyewear appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Several videos include “body checking,” which is when a person repeatedly and excessively examines their body and measures their weight.

@dailyedthoughts I feel so discussting, but I’ll be better tomorrow #modivation #wl #fyp #binge #wieiad ♬ Child Psychology – Black Box Recorder

@bones_and_nothing_else Healthy meals #dietcoke #love #fyp #lifestyle #hungry #zerosugar #ednotedsheerannn #healthy #yummy ♬ original sound – 𝘮𝘪𝘢 ༅࿐

@propessor_igat ITS HARD THO#PropFit #gymrat #MYWORKOUTOUTFIT ♬ Coco Jamboo – Mr. President

Content That Highlights Dangerous Habits

Other videos include unhealthy eating habits, such as consuming a very low number of calories, which can be observed in the “What I eat in a day” videos. They may also include excessive exercising, the use of non-prescribed weight loss pills, weight loss transformations, and low-calorie recipes.

Several terms have been adopted to promote excessive skinniness, including “nothing tastes better than being skinny,” “is it an outfit or are you just skinny,” and “be the smallest in the room.”

 These Videos Can Promote Unhealthy Practices

These videos are often masked as inspirational, featuring inspirational music in the background or captions. These inspirational captions can make it seem like these behaviors are healthy and positive when they are very dangerous. One can internalize these habits and continue engaging in disordered eating or obsessive patterns.

There is a concern that these videos can cause depression or anxiety, or even cause or exacerbate eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa or bulimia. Eating disorders are unfortunately not something that can be easily controlled and can have a long-lasting negative impact on one’s life.

These eating disorders have become much more prevalent in recent years, as one study shows a 15.3% increase in eating disorders during the pandemic.

We Are Impacted by Eating Disorders Too

While eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa have been stereotyped as issues only affecting white people, this idea is highly flawed. According to the National Eating Disorders Association (NEDA), eating disorders “affect people from all demographics of all ethnicities at similar rates. People of color — especially African Americans — are significantly less likely to receive help for their eating issues.”

According to a study published in the International Journal of Eating Disorders, “Black teenagers are 50% more likely than white teenagers to display bulimic behavior such as bingeing or purging. Though this is true, treatment rates for black teenagers were substantially lower than for white teenagers.

According to a study performed, of 76 women who have had an eating disorder, 28.1% of the white women received treatment while 5.3% of the black women received treatment for the eating disorder. These disparities highlight just how vital it is to both address inequalities in healthcare and to stop harmful social media trends such as #Skinnytok. #Skinnytok can lead to disordered eating behaviors, especially amongst underrepresented groups who may not see themselves in the mainstream narratives of recovering from eating disorders.

What is TikTok Doing to Help?

As of June 2, 2025, TikTok has removed the hashtag #SkinnyTok to protect children online. If the hashtag is searched, TikTok will provide a link to resources that can be visited for help, such as the phone number for the National Alliance for Eating Disorders: 866-622-1635.

Here’s What To Do When You See a Video.

Though TikTok has removed the hashtag #skinnytok, there are still ways that people can post these videos and avoid having them taken down. For example, people have used the captions to bypass the hashtag removal, including misspelling skinnytok as “skinnyt0k” or “sk1nnytok” or referencing eating disorders in some way.

• If you come across this video, there is a feature on TikTok where you can click “not interested.” When you do, TikTok can remove videos like these from your FYP, for your page feed.
• You can also report the video or block the creator of the video.

Resources

Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) and Eating Disorders, National Eating Association.org

International Journal of Eating Disorder, : Binge Eating and Binge-Eating Disorder in Black Women: A Systematic Review.”

The post The Scary Truth about #Skinnytok appeared first on Black Health Matters.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the national unemployment rate held at 4.1 percent in June. But for Black women, the trend reads differently: 5.1 percent in March, 6.1 percent in April, 6.2 percent in May, and then 5.8 percent in June. These rates consistently hover near double those of white women, revealing long-standing disparities in access and vulnerability across the labor market.

The Cuts in Healthcare,  Education, and Federal Government Jobs

Black women shape every sector of the economy and contribute across every industry, but our presence is especially felt in fields such as healthcare, education, and federal service, where entire communities often rely on our labor. Recent workforce reductions are reshaping these sectors and cutting deep into places where Black women have historically led.

Between February and March 2025, seasonally adjusted data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics show employment among Black women fell from 10.566 million to 10.300 million. The 266,000-job drop marks the sharpest one-month decline since the early days of the pandemic.

Public sector cuts were especially severe:

• The Department of Education reduced its workforce by 46 percent.
•  The Department of Health and Human Services saw a 24 percent decrease.

Many of the affected roles were tied to equity programs and health outreach, spaces where Black women have shaped systems, built trust, and driven change.

According to the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Black women comprise 11.7 percent of the federal workforce, nearly twice their share of the civilian labor force. This statistic highlights the central role Black women play in the federal workforce and the consequences of their disappearance.

With New Job Market Growth, We Aren’t Getting Hired

In June, healthcare added 39,000 new jobs. Residential care gained 2,800 positions, while nursing added 14,400. However, many Black women continue to struggle to reenter industries where they bring valuable experience and dedication.

Being qualified isn’t always enough. Access to networks, clear hiring pathways, and employer outreach all shape who gets hired and who’s left waiting. Without these supports, short-term industry growth doesn’t deliver lasting stability.

Recessions Cost Us Even If We Are Educated

Black women have faced disproportionate job losses in nearly every major recession. During the Great Recession, their unemployment rate peaked at 13.7 percent, with deep losses across retail, education, and public service, as reported in a UC Berkeley Labor Center analysis.

Even higher education doesn’t guarantee protection. A 2020 Urban Institute analysis found that Black households led by college graduates had less wealth than white households headed by adults who had not finished high school. Systemic barriers persist and disparity cycles repeat, regardless of how far one climbs educationally.

Lost Jobs = Lost Opportunities to Build Generational Wealth

Black women often provide for multigenerational households. A lost paycheck is about more than covering rent; it can stall savings, slow investments, and shrink the possibility of financial mobility.

A Brookings analysis revealed that between 2019 and 2022, median household wealth stood at:

•  Black households: $44,890.
• Latino households: $62,000
• White households: $285,000.

That means that white families held more than six times the wealth of Black families. While some progress may be happening, things are still unfolding within a system where equity is far from guaranteed.

Kristen Broady, senior economist at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, told WTTW News:

“Changing or improving just one of those things is not going to change the racial wealth gap. But policymakers can look at any and all of those facts and statistics to decide how they can collaborate across different groups, philanthropy, higher education, state and local government, etc., to work on those policies.”

 Unemployment Carries An Emotional Toll

If this experience feels familiar, you’re far from alone. The emotional toll of job loss, especially in uncertain times, can shape how we move through the day, and how we see ourselves.

A 2024 study published in the Journal of Affective Disorders Reports found that unemployment can significantly affect emotional health, triggering symptoms like anxiety, depression, and difficulty with emotion regulation. The research points to how job loss disrupts cognitive control and heightens distress, especially for individuals navigating systemic pressures.

Periods of unemployment, especially extended ones, can carry real emotional weight. Experts call it situational depression, and it may feel like:

•  A drop in motivation or energy.
• Trouble sleeping or sleeping too much.
• Changes in appetite or weight.
•  Feelings of sadness, emptiness, or frustration.
• Struggling to focus, make decisions, or stay present.

Naming these shifts doesn’t mean weakness; it’s simply acknowledging the truth, bringing you closer to creating space for healing, support, and recovery.

Charting the Way Forward

We need to take a serious look at how this economy treats us, especially during times of economic hardship. Closing the gap means tracking where jobs vanish, which roles get prioritized, and whether reentry is possible. Productivity numbers don’t tell the whole story. If reentry isn’t possible, how can those skills be used differently?

Historically, no one has ever handed us anything on a silver platter. We know now will be no different. But there are things we know and do better than anyone else. Maybe another industry can benefit from that expertise. The point is to pivot and move forward with purpose.

Resources

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics

The Employment Situation – February 2025

African American Women in the Federal Sector

Current Employment Statistics Highlights June 2025

the-great-recession.pdf

Why Do Black College Graduates Have a Lower Homeownership Rate Than White People Who Dropped Out of High School? | Urban Institute

4 Ways to Get Your Neurodivergent Teen Ready for College – Black Health Matters

Black wealth is increasing, but so is the racial wealth gap | Brookings

Unemployment for Black Women is on the Rise. Here’s What Economists Have to Say | Chicago News | WTTW

The post Why Are More Jobs Vanishing for Black Women? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Chef Lex recalled how his dad learned about new health trends and implemented them into the meals he cooked. “Every other week, he’d tell me about a new superfood he learned about, and we would have that food all week long,” he said.

“I remember garlic week very distinctly. I remember when he found out about walnuts, and we (my siblings and I) would make our granola with walnuts,” he continued.

“But my father was a huge inspiration to my beginning a career in cooking.”

Cultural Heritage and its Connection to Health

When he was growing up, Chef Lex’s Puerto Rican father and Trindadian mother instilled a sense of self-worth in him and his siblings. His parents’ formative years coincided with the era of Black nationalism, a movement that celebrated African pride and Caribbean heritage. “Health was a huge part of it, especially because I have a West Indian background,” he pointed out.

“They were all about home remedies and holistic healing. And food was at the center of that. So as a family, we were constantly searching for healthy ways to enjoy  things that we liked culturally, but in a healthy way.”

One of the things Chef Lex will discuss is how to make healthy substitutions at the upcoming BHM Harlem Week 2025 Health Summit & Expo. The event will take place at Riverside Church on August 14, 2025, from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

Healthy Remedies From the Earth

Alex’s grandmother’s Florida home had a flourishing herb garden. However, she was not above stopping her car if she saw one she could use on the side of the road. “She’d pull up some weeds, and she’d be like, Tell me whatever it is, and then we’d go home, and she’d boil it into some tea, and we’d have to drink it,” he laughed.

“But my grandmother could grow so much more than we could in New York; she would grow Aloe. I mean, she had something in her backyard that was a healing element for anything, Milk Thistle,” he continued.

The Lessons He Learned Still Apply

What is significant is how his siblings and he still incorporate elements of that upbringing into their lives today. The chef explained that during the COVID-19 pandemic, his mother developed an herbal remedy that helped them all recover more quickly.

He has an older sister and a younger brother. He and his sister both have children. During the winter, they are given what they have dubbed “Nanna medicine.”

“It’s a combination of garlic, red onion, fresh turmeric, lemon, manuka honey, and ginger. Blends it up, and then you take a spoonful during the wintertime; they all know they have to take a spoonful a day so that they don’t care for it,” the chef said.

He thinks it’s funny because if they had to take Buckley’s, they might complain more.

The Work of The Brownsville Community Culinary Center

Since 2018, Chef Lex and the entire team at the Brownsville Community Culinary Center have been creating career opportunities, providing tools for healthy living, and so much more in the heart of Brownsville.

The mission of the Brownsville Community Culinary Center is to provide free, world-class culinary vocational training to residents of Brownsville through our culinary training program. We collaborate with numerous site partners to provide a safe and comfortable space where neighbors can access fresh, healthy, affordable, and culturally relevant foods, prepared by training program participants who are apprenticing alongside industry professionals. The BCCC is available to community groups seeking to organize and address issues affecting the neighborhood, as well as to celebrate, relax, learn, train, and enjoy each other’s company.

The Programs

While the program initially targeted Brownsville, it has attracted students interested in the culinary arts from all over New York City, aged 18 to 40. Before the COVID-19 pandemic, the center had a functioning cafe and restaurant, where the community could come in and enjoy a healthy meal. However, it will require some funding to get those up and running again. It is a 24-week program consisting of 16 weeks of training and an eight-week internship to secure employment.

However, the heart and soul of the programs are running at full speed, their workforce development programs. “A culinary,  pastry, and maintenance training in a well-equipped kitchen,” he explained.

What They Did During the Pandemic

Another program they are doing grew out of the work they did during the pandemic. “We did a lot of work around food insecurity and health and wellness. The community came to know us as a place where you can get affordable, healthy food,” Chef Lex continued.

The Brownsville Community Culinary Center distributed 10,000 meals a week during the pandemic in partnership with World Central Kitchen, and they have since expanded that work.

Cooking to Manage Chronic Disease

“Most recently, we implemented a ‘Food as Medicine’ initiative as a pilot program, aligning us with the 1115 waiver of Medicaid, which provides funding through insurance for individuals to receive produce bags and medically tailored meals prescribed to them,” Chef Lex said.

“One of our biggest programs is creating meals certified by a registered dietitian that are sensitive to individuals with diabetes, hypertension, or any other chronic disease. That’s diet-related,” he continued.

“Our meals are tailored to support their recovery, to support the prevention of and the management of those chronic diseases. Students are learning to cook, and we use it as a kind of canvas for them to paint on with their culinary skills. This program is an opportunity to heal our neighbors with the food that we cook.”

Join us at the BHM Harlem Week 2025 Summit & Expo

Come out and hear some of Chef Lex’s tips on cooking great food but making healthier choices that don’t sacrifice the flavor—especially if you are managing a chronic disease or trying to prevent one.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Brownsville Comunity Culinary Center (@brownsvilleccc)

For more information on registering for the BHM Harlem Week 2025 Health Summit & Expo, either in-person or virtually. Click here.

The post Chef Lex: Using Food as the Pathway to Health appeared first on Black Health Matters.

A Mother Who Spoke Up

One of the earliest voices for change was the late Bebe Moore Campbell. She was a bestselling author and someone who used her storytelling to ensure that mental health in our communities couldn’t be ignored. Her passion came from a personal place.

Her daughter, actress Maia Campbell, gained fame in the 1990s for her role on In the House. But away from the cameras, she was navigating life with bipolar disorder. At times, personal moments were shared without her consent or consideration. The headlines rarely told the full story. Through it all, Bebe never stopped advocating, not just for Maia, but for everyone lacking access to proper mental health support.

72 Hour Hold and Maia’s Return

In 2005, Bebe published “72 Hour Hold,” a novel about a mother’s fight to get her daughter the help she needs. The system in the book mirrors real life, with families struggling, institutions overwhelmed, and love often running up against numerous barriers. While fictional, the story reflects truths that still ring loud today. According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Minority Health, suicide was the third leading cause of death for Black youth ages 10 to 24 in 2022. That statistic alone tells us there’s so much more to be done, especially when it comes to mental health care that reflects our lived experiences.

Now, Maia is rejoining the conversation. After several years out of the public eye, she’s returned to social media with renewed energy. In a recent video, she shared her hope to see “72 Hour Hold” adapted for the screen, ideally with Tyler Perry helping to bring it to life. “It was a monumental book for me,” she said. “And July is Mental Health Awareness Month, so I’m still on that campaign. Keep me in prayer.”

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Maia Campbell (@maia_campbell)

Healing and Creativity

Maia Campbell’s return shows growth and purpose. Her message was simple but powerful. She looked healthy. She sounded centered. More than anything, she seemed ready to explore mental health in a public way, this time pairing it with creativity by bringing her mother’s bestselling prose to life. It also reminds us that progress can look like many things, including just showing up and sharing your truth.

If 72 Hour Hold does become a film, it won’t just be a tribute to Bebe Moore Campbell’s impact. It will be a continuation of a shared legacy. Through advocacy, art, and storytelling, both women have pushed the conversation forward. In a world that often misunderstands or overlooks our pain, visibility like this can plant the seeds for something better. Sometimes, real change starts with one voice, brave enough to speak up, and generous enough to make space for others to do the same.

Resources

72 Hour Hold by Bebe Moore Campbell, Paperback | Barnes & Noble®

Mental and Behavioral Health – Black/African Americans | Office of Minority Health

The post The Return of Maia Campbell appeared first on Black Health Matters.

That kind of gap didn’t happen overnight, and closing it takes more than awareness. It means making tools that meet people where they are. That’s why we put together this guide, to break down what foods to avoid, what to focus on, and why it all matters when you’re living with this disease.

Foods to Avoid (and Why)

Certain foods can worsen your condition. Here are a few things to be aware of.

High-Risk Animal Products

Raw or Undercooked Seafood

Sushi and oysters might be trendy, but they’re risky for anyone with liver disease. Raw shellfish can carry bacteria like Vibrio vulnificus, which the CDC warns can cause life-threatening infections in people with liver conditions.

Organ Meats (Especially Liver)

It sounds ironic, but eating liver when you have liver disease is a bad idea. Organ meats are rich in heme iron, which can accumulate in the liver and exacerbate oxidative stress. According to the National Library of Medicine, excess iron is linked to faster progression of liver fibrosis in people with hepatitis C.

Processed Foods and Inflammatory Beverages

High-Sodium Foods

Not only does salt raise blood pressure, but it also contributes to fluid retention and swelling, especially in advanced liver disease. Most experts recommend limiting sodium to no more than 2,300 mg per day and ideally closer to 1,500 mg, especially for people with liver disease, where fluid retention can become a serious complication. That’s in line with guidance from the American Heart Association, and it’s echoed by liver specialists when managing conditions like cirrhosis or hepatitis C.

Alcohol

There is no sugarcoating for this one; alcohol is directly toxic to liver cells. Even small amounts can accelerate liver damage. Researchers believe alcohol may weaken the immune system and make it easier for the virus to take hold.

But the bigger issue is what happens after the infection. Alcohol accelerates liver scarring, also known as fibrosis, increases the risk of cirrhosis, and can interfere with hepatitis C treatment. One study from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs found that people with hepatitis C who drink heavily have 16 times the risk of developing cirrhosis compared to those who don’t drink at all.

Sugary and Ultra-Processed Foods

Refined sugars and trans fats promote insulin resistance and fatty liver disease, both of which make hepatitis C harder to manage. Think of pastries, soda, fast food, and packaged snacks. These foods also contribute to obesity, which raises the risk of fat buildup in the liver. This condition is known as hepatic steatosis.

Iron-Dense Supplements and Vitamins

Multivitamins with iron or high-dose vitamin A can be harmful. The liver stores excess amounts, and in people with hepatitis C, this can lead to toxicity. Always consult your healthcare provider before taking supplements.

What You Should Consider Eating

There’s no official “hepatitis C diet,” but research supports the following:

Vegetables: Especially leafy greens, cruciferous veggies, and berries. Leafy greens, such as spinach, kale, collard greens, and arugula, are rich in antioxidants, fiber, and chlorophyll, all of which support the liver’s function more effectively. Chlorophyll may help flush out toxins and heavy metals, while fiber supports digestion and reduces the buildup of waste that can stress the liver.

Fruits: Blueberries, strawberries, and cranberries contain anthocyanins that protect liver cells from oxidative stress and may even help slow the progression of fibrosis.

High-Fiber Foods: Whole grains, legumes, and nuts promote regular digestion and improve insulin sensitivity. Those are two vital factors in preventing fat buildup in the liver.

Healthy fats, such as avocados, fatty fish (like salmon), and olive oil, provide omega-3s and monounsaturated fats that help reduce liver inflammation and support cell repair.

Your Liver May Love Coffee

Believe it or not, your morning cup of coffee might do more than wake you up; it could also help protect your liver.

A 2022 study published in Clinical Gastroenterology and Hepatology found that drinking more than three cups of coffee per day was associated with lower liver stiffness, a marker of liver fibrosis. The effect held true even for people with chronic liver conditions like hepatitis C, and it applied to both caffeinated and decaffeinated coffee. Researchers have pointed to compounds such as chlorogenic acids and polyphenols, which may help reduce inflammation and oxidative stress in liver tissue.

For people managing hepatitis C, coffee isn’t a cure, but it may be a helpful addition to a liver-supportive lifestyle. As always, moderation matters, and it’s best to talk with a healthcare provider about what’s right for you.

Why Diet Matters in Hepatitis C

Hepatitis C causes chronic inflammation in the liver, which can lead to scarring (fibrosis), cirrhosis, or even liver cancer. A poor diet, especially one high in alcohol, sugar, or saturated fats, can accelerate this process. However, a nutrient-rich, anti-inflammatory diet can help slow down the progression, support immune function, and enhance treatment outcomes. Making better lifestyle choices is key to managing hepatitis C.

Think of your diet as a daily investment in your liver’s future. You and your liver deserve the very best.

Resources

Hepatitis C in Black Individuals in the US: A Review | Health Disparities | JAMA | JAMA Network

About Vibrio Infection | Vibrio Infection | CDC

Iron and liver fibrosis: Mechanistic and clinical aspects – PMC

How much sodium should I eat per day? | American Heart Association

Alcohol and cirrhosis – Viral Hepatitis and Liver Disease

Coffee Consumption Is Associated With Lower Liver Stiffness: A Nationally Representative Study

The post What Not to Eat If You Have Hepatitis C appeared first on Black Health Matters.

To unpack what’s behind that gap, we spoke with Tomás León, President and Executive Director of the Equality Health Foundation, which developed the Zip Code Exam to help communities identify and address the everyday conditions that shape health outcomes.

Beneath the Stats

BHM: Why do racial gaps in life expectancy persist, even after years of awareness?

Tomás León: The ZIP code you’re born into still has more influence on your life expectancy than your genetic code. It’s all rooted in systemic inequalities that have gone unaddressed for too long. The pandemic exacerbated these issues and still has a lingering effect.
These disparities persist because the social determinants of health—education, healthcare, housing, food, air, and opportunity—are still distributed unequally. Structural racism, disinvestment in communities of color, and policy decisions that ignore lived realities all contribute.

BHM: What made this the right moment to launch the Zip Code Exam?

Tomás León: We said, “We need a tool like the Zip Code Exam now.” It’s not enough to raise awareness—we need something to spark actionable, community-driven solutions. It helps uncover the invisible, non-medical forces shaping health and empowers grassroots action. With safety nets unraveling, we need to reignite awareness and point people to solutions. It’s a tool for empowerment, advocacy, and change.

BHM: How do you make the data reflect the real experiences of Black communities?

Tomás León: Data often speaks in averages, and averages erase the lived experiences of people outside the norm. We built a listening and communication tool.

The platform reflects community specificity through hyperlocal data and user-defined priorities. It’s not just about what the data says, it’s about what the community says. We consider cultural context, language access, trusted partners, and relevant resources to meet people where they are. The Zip Code Exam restores agency by saying: your story matters, your neighborhood matters, and your health is not an average, it’s personal.

What Your ZIP Code Says

In 2025, your address can still shape your access to health and even how long you live. In many of our neighborhoods, that impact is baked into the environment.

According to the USDA Food Access Research Atlas, grocery stores are harder to reach in areas with high Black populations. The USDA Economic Research Service reports that 22% of Black households are food insecure, more than twice the rate for white households.

The EPA has shown that Black Americans face higher exposure to air pollution, even when income and region are the same. And the CDC’s USALEEP project maps out ZIP codes in states like Mississippi and Louisiana where the life expectancy difference between neighborhoods just 10 miles apart can be as high as 15 years.

These statistics aren’t solely built on personal choices and coincidence; they’re the results of decades of policy. To go even further, we decided to ask León about how mental health connects to the broader discussion.

Collaborative Health

BHM: You’ve worked in public health, mental health, and policy. How does the Zip Code Exam connect to them?

Tomás León: Bridging mental health, public health, and policy is a moral imperative. Health is not siloed. You can’t achieve physical health without mental health, or improve mental health without addressing the social and environmental conditions people live in.

That’s why the Zip Code Exam doesn’t just visualize disparities, it helps dismantle them. It reflects the full spectrum of health, including care, housing, trauma, stress, and resilience. It connects people to local resources and gives leaders data to push for systemic change. We’re mapping possibilities.

Change in Real Time

BHM: Over 200,000 people have already engaged with the site. Can you share a moment that shows what’s at stake when health becomes a matter of geography?

Tomás León: When over 200,000 people engage with a platform like the Zip Code Exam, it’s a chorus of voices telling us where the system is failing and where hope still lives. One ZIP code that really hit home for me was 85004 in South Phoenix, Arizona. This is where the seed for the Zip Code Exam idea was planted. Arizona became the blueprint. And now, we’re scaling it to help more communities take their health into their own hands.

In that community, life expectancy is fourteen years lower than in more affluent neighborhoods like North Scottsdale, just a few miles away. The exam aids residents, they can bring the data to neighborhood meetings, share it with their elected officials, partner with local community-based organizations, churches, and businesses, and begin advocating for better access to healthcare, affordable housing, healthy food, safer streets, employment opportunities, and walkable space. That’s what’s at stake when health becomes a matter of geography. It’s about the opportunity to reclaim power and rewrite the narrative for the next generation.

Redefining Structural Barriers

BHM: In 2022, only 55% of people were projected to live to age 80. The probability of survival from age 20 to 85 was even lower for Black men. Does the platform offer a kind of digital reckoning with structural risk?

Tomás León: Yes, the Zip Code Exam is absolutely a digital reckoning with that reality. It’s designed to expose the invisible architecture of inequality—how where you live, work, and grow up can shape how long and how well you live. But it’s also a tool for action. It helps individuals understand the risks in their environment, connects them to local resources, and empowers communities to advocate for change.

I want policymakers to see this data and realize these outcomes are not inevitable; they’re the result of choices. And we can make different ones.

Earning Trust

BHM: Some folks may see this as just another dashboard. What do you say to Black families who feel like they’ve seen the numbers, the charts, the promises, but not enough change?

Tomás León: That skepticism is real, and it’s earned. The Black community has heard speeches about equity while living through generations of inequity. So, when someone says, “Here’s another tool,” I understand why the first reaction might be, “So what?” I learned from our well-being work in South Phoenix, Arizona that collective impact and transformation happen at the speed of trust.

What makes the Zip Code Exam different is that it wasn’t built for institutions, it was built for community members and leaders. It shows the numbers and helps you act on them. And we know it’s not perfect. That’s why we welcome feedback from families, organizers, and anyone using the platform. We’re committed to improving it so it truly works with and for communities. Because the only way this tool succeeds is if it reflects the voices and needs of the people it’s meant to serve.

I want community members to use this tool to organize, demand investment, and build healthier futures—ZIP code by ZIP code. We know that behind every data point, there is a life. And behind every life, there is a story worth fighting for.

Resources

ZIP CODE EXAM: Calculate your life expectancy based on your ZIP Code

National Vital Statistics Reports Volume 74, Number 2 April 8, 2025 United States Life Tables, 2022

Equality Health Foundation – Equality Health Foundation

USDA Food Access Research Atlas

Food Security in the U.S. – Key Statistics & Graphics | Economic Research Service

CDC’s USALEEP project

The post Does Your ZIP Code Determine Your Life Expectancy? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Insights from the Survey

Their campaign consists of multiple components, one of which is a national survey of nearly 3,000 Black men. This was conducted to reveal the complexities within the community and to identify lingering tensions in society. While 48.4% identify as allies to queer Black men, 36% remain uncomfortable with these friendships. Furthermore, 32.4% have either made or laughed at derogatory jokes about queer Black men which showcases the ongoing need for conversations and understanding. However, nearly half recognize the unique challenges their queer counterparts face which shows a growth in empathy.

Key Findings

Their Comfort With Queer Friendships

• 39.8% are comfortable with close, platonic friendships with queer Black men
• 36% are uncomfortable, and 24.3% are neutral.

Derogatory Comments

• 32.4% have made or laughed at derogatory comments about queer Black men
• 43.5% claim they never have

Defending a Queer Friend

• 46.6% would publicly defend a queer Black friend against attacks on their masculinity or identity
• 23.6% would not

Stereotypes

•  58.2% have heard stereotypes about queer Black men (33.4% “overly flamboyant,” 16.7% “threat to traditional Black culture”)
• 36.2% claim they haven’t

Avoiding Friendships

• 23.4% have avoided friendships with queer Black men due to others’ perceptions
• 61% have not

Allyship

• 48.4% say they’re already strong allies
• 19.4% want more positive queer-straight friendship examples

Campaign Features and Positive Change

The campaign also features a three-part video series created with Ziggy Mack Johnson, a Los Angeles-based content creator. The series features open conversations between straight and queer Black friends, capturing moments of vulnerability and authenticity.

Ziggy notes, “This series is about showing the love, the struggles, and the realness that holds us together as Black brothers, no matter who we love. It’s personal for me because these conversations remind us that, at the core, we all want to be seen, accepted, and supported.” Episode 1 premiered on June 11 on BLK’s YouTube Channel. Watch Episode 1 here.

The BLK app invites users to actively participate in this cultural shift through meaningful tools. One feature includes a limited-edition in-app profile sticker designed by graphic artist Davian Chester. This sticker is designed to celebrate and support queer Black men, encouraging users to make a visible statement of allyship. By incorporating this sticker into their profiles, users can promote meaningful conversations and foster a more inclusive community. Take a look at the sticker here.

Additional features of the campaign, such as the Ally Badge and Solidarity Pledge, are designed to foster intentional allyship and create a nurturing, supportive environment.

Amber Cooper, BLK’s Brand Manager, emphasizes, “At BLK, we don’t just create campaigns — we tell stories that come from the heart of our community… ‘Solidarity is for the Homies’ is real, honest, and necessary because it reflects the complexities, joys, and challenges that Black men face every day. Our goal is to build something authentic, something that doesn’t just check a box but truly honors the diverse experiences within Black brotherhood”. As Solidarity is for the Homies promotes deeper conversations and fosters meaningful relationships, it extends a warm invitation to anyone seeking a place of understanding and acceptance. Through captivating stories, inclusive tools, and open dialogue, BLK hopes to build a community where everyone feels valued. The BLK app is ready to welcome you to join its journey toward unity and solidarity.

We Need Solidarity Now More Than Ever

Initiatives like these are critical as we hear news that the federal government announced that it has directed the national suicide prevention hotline to stop giving specialized support to LGBTQ+ callers. Saying they will be directed to the general number.

The Trevor Project, a nonprofit that had been providing specialized support, received a stop-work order, effective July 17, 2025, according to The New York Times.

While there will no longer be a 988 number for services, The Trevor Project will continue to offer resources through their nonprofit’s hotline numbers. These proposed cuts were not intended to take effect until next year, so the organization is scrambling.

.

The post Building Black Brotherhood Between Straight & Queer Men appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Obesity Rates Are Rising

Just two years ago, in 2023, 43% of adults were overweight; the stats about worldwide obesity amongst adults have nearly tripled since 1990. In the U.S., four out of five Black women are living with obesity, according to the Office of Minority Health.

Obesity disproportionately affects our community as we have some of the highest rates of obesity or being overweight compared to other groups in the United States. The CDC states that Black adults in the United States have an obesity prevalence of 38 percent among 48 states and D.C. There are a multitude of reasons why obesity is heightened within the U.S., and the array of unhealthy food choices on every corner and highway surely doesn’t help.

We Need to Understand How Having Obesity Impacts Our Community

Recognizing the issues that contribute to these statistics and understanding how they specifically affect our community, we can hopefully find personal ways to address obesity within the nation. Below are the top twenty overweight and obese cities in the U.S. for 2025.

Cities That Have Changed Position

• Jackson, MS, was ranked number two, having previously been ranked number three in 2024.
• Little Rock, AR, is now ranked number two, having previously been at number five in 2024.
• Shreveport, LA, dropped from number three in 2024 to number six in 2025
• Knoxville, TN, moved from number six in 2024 to number five in 2025.
• Augusta, GA, moved from number 16 to number seven in 2025.
• Fayetteville, AR, moved from number 15 in 2024 to number nine in 2025
• Birmingham, AL, moved from number 11 in 2024 to number 10 in 2025
• Memphis, TN, moved from number seven in 2024 to number 11 in 2025
• Baton Rouge, LA dropped from number 9 in 2024 to number 14 in 2025
• Columbia, SC, moved from number 12 in 2024 to number 18 in 2025

2024 Cities removed from the list:

Youngstown, OH,  Canton, OH, Tulsa, OK

2025 Cities added to the list:

Myrtle Beach, SC,  El Paso, TX, San Antonio, TX

While this isn’t a personal attack on any of the cities mentioned, it is a call for awareness. We should strive to improve the health of our cities.

However, there is no one-size-fits-all solution for combating this serious medical condition, which people have called obesity, as it may lead to other chronic conditions.

Being vocal about this issue can make a difference, whether amongst ourselves, our loved ones, or a broader community.

The post Most Overweight & Obese Cities in the U.S. 2025 appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Juneteenth, also known as “June Nineteenth,” holds a profound cultural significance within our community. It represents the moment when federal troops descended upon Galveston, Texas in 1865, seizing control of the state and proclaiming the liberation of all those ensnared in the chains of slavery. It is crucial to recognize that this momentous occasion transpired a staggering two and a half years after the Emancipation Proclamation had been inked. 

Juneteenth stands as a testament to the enduring spirit and resilience of African Americans, serving as the oldest African American holiday to this day. Its formal recognition came with the adoption of the 13th Amendment in December 1865, finally shattering the chains of slavery nationwide. This day serves as a powerful reminder of the progress, struggle, and ongoing pursuit of racial justice and equality in America. 

Jubilee Day 

While many consider Jubilee Day and Juneteenth interchangeable, it’s important to recognize that without the former, our national holiday might not have gained the widespread recognition it has today. In 1865, freedmen in Texas initiated “Jubilee Day,” celebrations, held annually on June 19. These gatherings were rich with the tapestry of our heritage and featured music, barbecues, prayer services, and other joyful activities. As Black individuals migrated across the nation, Juneteenth became woven into our cultural fabric, it was a matter of tradition. Texas led the way by making it a state holiday in 1979, and in June 2021, Congress declared it a federal holiday. Now, on a national level, every June 19th, we honor our ancestors and celebrate the profound impact of our collective journey. 

How is the Nation Celebrating? 

Washington D.C. 

While we all have different ways of celebrating Juneteenth, we want to shine a light on how various parts of the country are embracing the holiday. In 2025, the White House has not confirmed a Juneteenth concert yet. Nonetheless, the spirit of celebration remains strong across the capital. The Anacostia Community Museum will host a full-day event on June 21 featuring live music, yoga, and community art. The National Archives will display the Emancipation Proclamation and General Order No. 3 from June 19–22. 

Atlanta, Georgia 

The Juneteenth Atlanta Parade & Music Festival was held at Piedmont Park on June 14–15. Since 2011, Atlanta has hosted this beloved tradition, a celebration that filled the streets and immersed attendees in the beauty of Black culture. Visitors enjoyed live music, vibrant vendors, and delicious cuisine, all within a festive, family-friendly environment. On June 14, the parade stepped off at 12 noon, featuring captivating floats, dance troupes, and marching bands that energized the crowd. 

Tulsa, Oklahoma 

Tulsa Juneteenth is a community-funded festival held on historic Greenwood Avenue, also known as Black Wall Street. The 2025 theme is Family Reunion, and the celebration runs from June 12-22. Whether it’s a 5K run, fashion show, food, wellness sessions, or live music, there is something for everyone to enjoy. 

Galveston, Texas 

If you are looking to go to where it all began, the birthplace of Juneteenth, then Galveston, Texas should be on your destination list. The city is filled with historic sites and offers immersive tours that celebrate this historic moment. Their annual Juneteenth Festival has many options, including: 

• June 19 – Freedom, Fireworks & Family celebration 

• June 21 – A Juneteenth Conversation with the family of George Floyd 

• June 21 – Juneteenth Mini Lecture: Notable African Americans of Galveston 

Brooklyn, New York 

At the historic Weeksville Heritage Center, once one of the largest free Black communities in pre-Civil War America, the 4th Annual Juneteenth Food Festival will take place on June 19 from 12:00 to 8:00 p.m. This vibrant celebration, co-hosted by Black-Owned Brooklyn, will feature over 29 Black-owned food vendors, live DJ sets including a performance by DJ Spinna, and family-friendly cultural performances. The event honors Juneteenth’s culinary legacy while celebrating Brooklyn’s diasporic foodways. 

The National Juneteenth Museum 

As we celebrate Juneteenth, we are celebrating the preservation of our past and the current global impact of our culture, yet there is still much to look forward to in the future. We can anticipate the grand opening of the National Juneteenth Museum. This institution will not only commemorate the historic journey of the formerly enslaved but also become a captivating destination for tourists and a space for collaborative education. 

Dr. Opal Lee, a founding board member, is affectionately known as the “Grandmother of Juneteenth.” She played a pivotal role in Juneteenth’s recognition in Texas 45 years ago, and in 2016, she made history once again by capturing national attention. At the age of 89, she embarked on a 1,400-mile trek from Fort Worth to Washington, D.C., petitioning for the official recognition of Juneteenth as a national holiday. Her visionary thinking stands as a key catalyst behind Juneteenth’s national recognition in 2021 and the establishment of the National Juneteenth Museum. 

The museum will be in the Historic Southside neighborhood on the corner of Rosedale Street and Evans Avenue in Fort Worth, Texas and is expected to open in 2026. It will be an epicenter for the preservation of Juneteenth history and a space to foster transformative conversations. 

If you want to embrace Dr. Lee’s revolutionary spirit, Opal’s Walk for Freedom, named in her honor, takes place on June 19 in Fort Worth, Texas, and Lee still plans to join the walk. The annual 2.5-mile walk symbolizes the time it took for news of freedom to reach the enslaved people in Texas on June 19, 1865.  

Juneteenth is a time to uplift voices and stories within the community. A transformative experience may be closer than you think, so consider attending events near you. As we embrace the spirit of Juneteenth, let’s continue to honor our past, celebrate our present, and find joy in the bright future ahead.

The post Honoring The Significance of Juneteenth appeared first on Black Health Matters.

1. Washington, D.C.

Why it stands out: In 2025, D.C. is hosting WorldPride (May 17 – June 8), the first time this global celebration returns to the U.S. since 2019.

What to expect: Over 200 inclusive events, including the human rights conference, concerts (featuring RuPaul and Shakira), community town halls, art installations, and a historic march down Constitution Avenue.

Black community vibe: D.C.’s strong Black LGBTQ+ presence means you’ll find affirming spaces from U Street to Anacostia.

2. New York City

Why it stands out: NYC is the birthplace of modern Pride, following the 1969 Stonewall uprising.

What to expect: The Pride March on June 30, Youth Pride, PrideFest, and events throughout Harlem and Brooklyn.

Black community vibe: Black queer collectives, such as Brooklyn Boihood, and events in Harlem make New York City a must-experience destination.

@gizemvibey

Happy Pride! #sanfrancisco #sanfranciscopride #pride #pridemonth #pridemonth #pride2024

♬ son original – Spoticlip

3. San Francisco, CA

Why it stands out: Celebrating 55 years of Pride with iconic status in LGBTQ+ history.

What to expect: June 28–29 festivities, a massive parade, Pink Saturday in the Castro, and inclusive wellness spaces.

Black community vibe: Black-led events, such as “AfroQueer SF,” provide a sense of grounding and celebration.

4. Los Angeles, CA

Why it stands out: Two celebrations in one with WeHo Pride (May 30–June 1) and LA Pride (June 8).

What to expect: Star-studded performances, cultural programming, and parades through iconic LA neighborhoods—Neicy Nash and Jessica Betts are two of the Vanguard  Grand Marshals.

Black community vibe: Events like “In The Meantime Men’s Group” foster a sense of Black queer brotherhood and promote health advocacy.

5. Chicago, IL

Why it stands out: The Midwest’s largest and most diverse Pride celebration. What to expect: Pride Fest (June 21–22) and the historic Pride Parade (June 29) with block parties in Boystown.

Black community vibe: South Side celebrations and Black Pride Chicago events center our experiences beautifully.

@ragamfn

Happy Pride Atlanta!! #atlanta #atl #atlantapride #atlpride #pride #atlutd #atlantaunited #wearethea #happypride #georgia #parade #prideparade #midtownatlanta #gaypride #lgbtq #lgbtqia #proudally

♬ original sound – Ragamfn

6. Atlanta, GA

Why it stands out: Celebrates Pride in October, extending the season and offering a Southern spin. But it does celebrate Pride with the Braves on June 3rd.

What to expect: Piedmont Park festival, Trans March, Dyke March, and Sunday parade.

Black community vibe: Atlanta Black Pride (held over Labor Day) is one of the largest Black LGBTQ+ events globally.

7. Miami, FL

Why it stands out: Offers Miami Beach Pride in April and Wynwood Pride in June.

What to expect: Beachfront parades, Latinx visibility, and DJ-heavy dance stages.

Black community vibe: Events spotlight Afro-Caribbean queer culture in Little Haiti and Liberty City.

8. Seattle, WA

Why it stands out: Known for activism-driven, community-forward Pride.

What to expect: Seattle Pride Parade, Queer Art Walks, and Capitol Hill celebrations.

Black community vibe: Organizations like Lavender Rights Project elevate Black trans voices.

@lylekatham

#downtown #denver #colorado #colfax #denverpride #pride #parade

♬ This Is Me – Keala Settle & The Greatest Showman Ensemble

9. Denver, CO

Why it stands out: Pride with a Rocky Mountain view June 28-29.

What to expect: Civic Center Park PrideFest, rooftop parties, and wellness zones.

Black community vibe: Black Pride Colorado creates affirming spaces for QTBIPOC attendees.

10. Minneapolis, MN

Why it stands out: A progressive city with deep-rooted LGBTQ+ advocacy.

What to expect: Twin Cities Pride Festival in Loring Park, parades, and community fairs.

Black community vibe: Minneapolis Black Pride and trans-affirming wellness events round out a rich celebration.

Wherever you go, go in joy. Pride is a celebration of identity, resilience, and love. For our community

The post 10 Best U.S. Cities to Celebrate Pride Month in 2025 appeared first on Black Health Matters.

“Despite the prevalent misconception that melanin-rich skin doesn’t need sunscreen, it’s crucial for everyone to use it. While melanin provides some natural protection against UV radiation, it is insufficient to prevent skin damage, premature aging, or skin cancer. Sunscreen shields the skin from harmful UVA and UVB rays, which can cause hyperpigmentation, photoaging, and skin cancer. Daily use of sunscreen is vital in maintaining healthy skin and preventing long-term damage, ensuring that your skin remains radiant and protected.”

So, don’t consider sunscreen a summertime staple but an everyday essential. Sitting in front of a computer screen all day exposes your skin to blue light. And the best one is the sunscreen you continually use!

With so many to choose from, where does one start, and what does one look for?

We’ve removed some guesswork by answering your biggest questions and creating this guide to sunscreens for darker skin tones:

What are the benefits of using sunscreen?

Sunscreen can block UV rays that stimulate melanin production. While significantly reducing and preventing uneven skin tone and hyperpigmentation, maintains Ginille Brown, a Los Angeles-based Aesthetic Nurse Practitioner and Founder of Ginille Beauty Aesthetics. “Many of my Black and brown patients see improvement in hyperpigmentation once they incorporate daily sunscreen into their routine. Moreover, treatments like laser, microneedling, facials, and chemical peels are more effective and safer when combined with diligent sun protection,” she states. In addition to sunscreen, using sun-protective clothing such as hats and gloves and avoiding the sun can enhance protection.

What should those with melanin-rich skin look for in sunscreen?

Dr. Stephens states that when selecting a sunscreen, individuals with melanin-rich skin should seek products that offer broad-spectrum protection with an SPF of 30 or higher. Broad spectrum means the sunscreen protects you from both UVA and UVB rays. Choosing a sunscreen that doesn’t leave a white caste is essential, which is a common issue with many mineral-based sunscreens (more on that below). Opt for formulations with micronized zinc oxide or chemical/organic sunscreens that blend seamlessly into the skin. Hydrating ingredients and antioxidants can also be incredibly beneficial, helping maintain skin health and prevent hyperpigmentation. Look for sunscreens enriched with nourishing components like hyaluronic acid, vitamin E, and Niacinamide, which protect the skin and enhance its overall appearance and texture.

What is the difference between mineral sunscreens and chemical sunscreens?

Brown explains that mineral sunscreens contain active ingredients like zinc oxide or titanium dioxide that sit on the skin’s surface and physically block UV rays. Chemical sunscreens contain organic compounds like Oxybenzone or avobenzone that absorb UV radiation and convert it into heat, which is then released from the skin. She also suggests that those with sensitive skin should use mineral sunscreens with zinc oxide or titanium dioxide as they are less likely to irritate.

Two to try: Check out Brown’s brand, Jasi Skin Crystal Clear Mineral SPF 45, $64, or CeraVe Hydrating Mineral Sunscreen SPF 50 Body Lotion.

Wait a minute. Are all chemicals safe to use?

According to the Environmental Working Group, out of 1,700 products tested, which included recreational sunscreens and daily-use SPF products, nearly 300 contain Oxybenzone, octinoxate, or both; half of the products raise significant concerns about allergies. Avoid Oxybenzone and octinoxate, both found in many chemical sunscreens, which are harmful to human health and the environment. The National Institutes of Health reports that they are known to cause allergies in people and disrupt hormones, while in nature, they harm coral reefs and fish, causing bleaching and even death.

What is an SPF? What number should we be looking for?

Cosmetic chemist Nongdo Bougouma says according to the FDA, SPF is a measure that indicates how long it takes for UV rays to redden protected skin (i.e., skin with sunscreen) compared to unprotected skin (i.e., skin without sunscreen). For example, if it takes 10 minutes to sunburn without sunscreen, with an SPF of 50, it will now take 500 minutes. Nurse Practitioner Brown adds that a higher SPF offers more protection, but only to a certain extent. SPF 30 blocks about 97% of UVB rays, while SPF 50 blocks about 98%. Beyond SPF 50, the increase in protection is minimal.

An SPF of at least 30 is recommended for everyday use. An SPF of 50 or higher should provide additional protection against intense UV exposure for extended outdoor activities, such as a day at the beach. Look for sweat— and waterproof sunscreens or water-resistant sunscreens to ensure long-lasting protection. Using moisturizers or makeup with SPF is not enough. It’s essential to use sunscreen in addition to other skincare products and makeup, even if they contain SPF.

Help me start my journey. Which sunscreens are meeting melanated needs?

The brownkind of Sheer Facial Sunscreen SPF40, $48, is formulated using the line’s Even Tone Defender, designed to protect skin against hyperpigmentation, and Vitamin C. It is also a primer.

Tula has you covered for the days when you want a sunscreen and moisturizer combination: 24-7 Moisture SPF30, a hydrating daily moisturizer infused with hyaluronic acid and watermelon extract ($34), and Protect + Glow SPF 30, a sunscreen gel alone that will give you that extra sparkle and protect against blue light ($38)

Black Girl Sunscreen Ultra Sheer SPF 30 Moisturizing Sunscreen, $19, is an excellent place to start if you have normal to dry skin. But if you have oily skin, try Black Girl Sunscreen, Make it Matte, SPF 45, $17.99.

Supergoop! Play Everyday Lotion SPF 50, $36,  Lightweight, sweat and water-resistant.

Neutrogena Ultra Sheer Dry-Touch Broad Spectrum SPF 55, $13.99, is a tried-and-true sunscreen for all-over use and long sunny days at the beach.

Face card approved: Tinted sunscreens come to the rescue in deeper shades that convert a bevy of hues and go the distance as a protectant and makeup. Expect a glow-up as they all include good-for-skin ingredients like hyaluronic acid to provide hydration and retain moisture.

Reach for:

EltaMD Skincare UV Daily Broad Spectrum 40 Deep Tint, $45 (but don’t sleep on the transp option, UV Clear SPF 46), contains Niacinamide, which helps reduce the appearance of discoloration and blemishes.

Live Tinted Hueguard Skin Tint SPF 50, $42. Natural ingredients like Butterfly Bush Flower Extract prevent collagen breakdown and encourage skin repair.

Fenty Beauty Hydra Vizor Huez SPF 30 Refillable Tinted Moisturizer Set, $48. It comes in 10 shades. Rich in antioxidants, it reduces the appearance of pores, dark spots, and fine lines.

Clear formulas: SEKKISEI, Herbal UV Defense Gel Broad Spectrum SPF 40 Sunscreen, $30, is the perfect marriage of ancient herbal ingredients and modern technology in a clear formula that works for our skin. Ingredients include licorice root to reduce irritation, Angelica Gingas root, which reduces hyperpigmentation and keeps skin hydrated, and Job’s Tear Seed Extract. The formula is encapsulated in an oil-in-water emulsion that absorbs quickly into the skin so the sunscreen doesn’t feel greasy.

Then glow and protect your body with these two perfect picks:

Kopari Sun Shield Body Glow Sunscreen, $42, is a lightweight gel sunscreen infused with vitamin E, macadamia, and hibiscus oils available in SPF 30-50 in shades of amber, gold, or rose with UVA and UVB coverage.

 Cay Skin Nourishing Body Mist SPF 50 with Sea Moss and Hyaluronic Acid, $26. It is easy to apply spray. It offers broad-spectrum UV protection, is silicone-free, and is safe for sensitive skin. It is non-comedogenic, vegan, and non-comedogenic. Model Winnie Harlow has built a winning formula with this line!

And then there are those products that are multitaskers or are perfect for on-the-go. Here are two sun protectors to try:

The Multitasker: Undefined Beauty R&R Sun Elixir, SPF 30 Glow Oil, $22  A fast-absorbing waterless formula infused with Vitamin C, Rosehip, Milk Thistle, and Moringa that offers broad spectrum protection and can be applied to skin, scalp, hair, and body.

Colorscience Sunforgettable Total Protection Brush-On Shield SPF 50 in Deep, $69. It is the best way to reapply sunscreen over your makeup daily. It is infused with hyaluronic acid to restore moisture to the skin and antioxidants. It is safe for sensitive skin and adds protection without disrupting your look.

How long does your sunscreen last?

These days, sunscreen generally has an expiration date. But it typically lasts about three years from the time you purchase it. If you use it the way you should, it probably won’t last that long. If you don’t see an expiration date, use a Sharpie to write the date of purchase on it.

To keep it in optimal condition, follow these tips from the Mayo Clinic:

• Don’t leave sunscreen out in the heat or direct sunlight.
• Wrap it in a towel, keep it in the shade, or place it in a cooler.
• If the color or texture of your sunscreen changes significantly, toss it.

The post Our 2025 Guide to Sunscreens: 19 Picks for Darker Skin appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Here are a few of the hottest scent brands out there, for those of us looking for new perfumes to add to our collections.

Moodeaux – Former investigative journalist Brianna “B.A” Arps brought her gift of storytelling to the fragrance world when she created Moodeaux in 2021. Her brand focuses on clean, unisex scents and has won awards, including Elle’s Future of Beauty Award 2022 and Essence Best in Black Beauty 2023. Available nationwide as the first Black-owned fragrance brand at Credo, you can discover your Moodeaux with their travel pen set or in full-size bottles. Their latest scent is Brand New, incorporating notes of yuzu, pink pepper, cardamom, neroli, and peony blossoms. For a longer-lasting fragrance, layer on the dry oil perfume in the same scent.

Forvr Mood – Created by pioneering Black beauty vlogger Jackie Aina, Forvr Mood candles and fragrances can be found online and at Sephora stores in the US and Canada. The scents are heady, long-lasting, and memorable, with names that speak to the experience. I Am Her gives a delicious red velvet, raspberry, pear, and oud combination, while Hard to Get is reminiscent of lemon cake with a touch of jasmine and the essence of whipped vanilla.

Phlur—Longtime influencer Chriselle Lim is the founder and creative director of Phlur, the fragrance brand best known for evocative scents with unexpected gourmand notes. Vanilla Skin, Caramel Skin, and Coconut Skin are among their best sellers, available as perfumes, body mists, body oil, candles, or deodorant. Other much-buzzed-about Phlur faves include Heavy Cream, Golden Rule, and Missing Person, which is meant to evoke the warm skin scent of your lost lovers.

Chris Collins—Founded by the internationally known model and luxury connoisseur Chris Collins, Chris Collins Fragrance is known for evocative, beautifully packaged creations intended to transport you to special times and places. His latest fragrance foray, Savant Manhattan Cherry, has a black cherry complex with warm, woody notes. His best sellers include African Rooibos and Harlem Nights. Sweet Taboo, Oud Galore, and Tokyo Blue are part of his Dark Romance Collection, available in full size or as a Voyageur Set for those who like to experience the range before committing to a larger bottle. Made with 24% perfume oil, these scents are intense and intentionally luxurious. Many of them are gender neutral; anyone can wear them.

Snif – the brand’s slogan of “smell expensive, spend less” speaks to its ethos: everyone can and should enjoy everyday indulgences to uplift the spirit. The brand offers fine fragrances, body mists, candles, and laundry products to elevate your day-to-day experience. They’re known for partnering with poetic influencer Alex Elle on intentionally uplifting scents. Her perfumes, Heal the Way, include pistachio, vanilla notes, and Gentle Reminder, which are scented with ube and milky lavender.

Dossier – The French brand known for “impressions” or dupes of more expensive elixirs, has some much-beloved faves in their arsenal. If your budget doesn’t currently allow for La Labo, Tom Ford, or Maison Margiela, you may want to consider Dossier’s Ambery Cherry, Woody Sandalwood, or Aquatic Coconut. Their original scents include a collection by the Color Factory and The Speakeasy Collection, with mezcal and rum scents for your pulse points.

Cera Sine Cera is steeped in portability. Founder Eva Zhang realized that so many fragrances just sat on the shelves and set out to make convenient scents to be reapplied as needed. Crisp Sheet, Creamy Dream, and I Don’t Go Out (with notes of nutmeg, iris, and cedar) are amongst their most popular offerings. Their perfume oils, candles, hand creams, and unique fragrance tags for your closet ensure that these delightful scents will linger with and around you throughout the day.

The post Fragrance’s Fresh New Scents & Sellers appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Even though more Black children are being diagnosed now, many still face delays in diagnosis and barriers to getting help. On average, Black children are diagnosed later than white children, and they’re more likely to be misdiagnosed with other conditions before doctors recognize they are on the autism spectrum. These delays make it harder for families to get early support, which can impact long-term learning and development.

Studies show that Black parents often notice something different about their child, although they may not always describe the classic signs of being on the autism spectrum. For example, white families are more likely to talk about repetitive behaviors (a key sign of autism). In contrast, Black families are more likely to mention general concerns like speech delays, problems with motor skills, or trouble sleeping. This can lead doctors to miss the subtle signs of autism, especially if the child doesn’t show more obvious symptoms or if the child happens to be a girl.

Autism is often underdiagnosed in Black girls. Even though more children are being identified with it today than in the past, Black girls still face significant barriers in diagnosis, support, and inclusion when it comes to research. This underdiagnosis is caused by several overlapping factors, including racial bias, gender bias, and a lack of culturally appropriate screening and services.

For every girl diagnosed with autism, over four boys are diagnosed. However, many experts believe that this gap does not reflect the actual number of girls with autism. Instead, it shows that the signs of it in girls are often missed.

For example, if a young girl’s language is very advanced for her age, it could be a sign that she is on the spectrum. Many confuse this with being an extremely gifted and intelligent girl. “Girls with autism typically show language skills that may appear advanced for their age, which ironically can lead parents and teachers to overlook potential developmental concerns,” Ralph Moller, director of operations at Above & Beyond Therapy, observes.

Black children in general tend to be diagnosed later than white children, but the delay is often even longer for Black girls. Many are only diagnosed if they also have an intellectual disability, which means Black girls who are considered “high functioning” or who have more subtle signs of autism are often overlooked. These delays can prevent them from getting early intervention and support that could help them thrive.

Another issue is that many Black girls mask or hide their struggles to fit in. They may follow social rules, do well in school, or stay quiet, making it harder for adults to see that they are struggling. Even after receiving a diagnosis, Black girls often have more trouble getting services like therapy and school support.

Black children with autism are more likely to also be diagnosed with intellectual disability (ID) (about 50%), compared to 32% of white children. This suggests that Black children who don’t have intellectual disabilities, and may have milder symptoms of autism, are sometimes overlooked. An article in the journal Pediatrics explores how symptoms that impact diagnosis are worth noting.

Behind all of this are deep issues like racism, bias, and unfair systems. Many Black families face challenges such as not having enough doctors in their area, not feeling heard by healthcare workers, or struggling to get referrals to autism specialists. Some of these problems happen because of structural racism—systems that give white families easier access to care, while making it harder for Black families.

While progress has been made in diagnosing autism in the Black community, racial disparities still persist. More work is needed to make sure all children, regardless of race or income, get the support they need early on. According to  Dr. Erin Vinoski Thomas,  a disability health Research Associate Professor, the reasons behind these disparities are complex but deeply connected. She notes that bias in healthcare providers is a significant issue.“Healthcare providers are really not trained to provide culturally relevant care to people with disabilities, and that includes autistic people,” she says. “It has numerous interrelated factors, all sort of underscored by systemic racism and systemic ableism working together.”

“Dr. Thomas and her team are working to change that by embedding disability and autism training in medical and nursing school curricula, alongside offering continuing education for providers.

“Even if you’ve been practicing medicine for 30 years, you can still benefit from the training available today to shape how you care for patients with disabilities,”  Dr. Vinoski Thomas points out.

This is exemplified through the Georgia Statewide Disability and Health Program:

It offers healthcare provider training to improve access to care for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (including autism). The Center for Leadership in Disability at Georgia State University also runs programs like IDEAL.

This inclusive postsecondary education initiative supports students with intellectual disabilities and college students with ASD. This will help them succeed with tailored services and support. You can learn more about these programs here:

Georgia Statewide Disability & Health Program

IDEAL (Inclusive Postsecondary Education Program)

 Center for Leadership in Disability

Additional Resources:

CDC Archives

JAMA Network Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Geographic Access to Autism Resources Across the US

Pediatrics: Timing of the Diagnosis of Autism in African American Children

The post Black Parents Need Support With The Autism Diagnosis Process appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Charmaine Jones, MS, RDN, LDN Food Jonezi

This content was made possible through an independent grant from Merck & Co., Inc

Black Health Matters Editorial Director Corynne Corbett and Charmaine Jones, MS, RDN, LDN, discussed the ways nutrition can help decrease cancer risks during the Black Health Matters Spring Health Summit & Expo.

Research shows that nutrition plays a crucial role in cancer prevention and treatment. In 2025,  the Future Healthcare Journal article reported that “Dietary risk factors are among the leading contributors to poor health.” In 2021, the American Journal of Public Health found that “Poor diet is known to increase cancer risk and mortality.”

An unhealthy diet is also associated with recognized risk factors for diabetes, heart disease, and certain forms of cancer. Additionally, certain types of metabolic diseases are precursors for cancers that disproportionately affect Black Americans. A diet that includes imbibing alcohol places an individual at a higher risk for cancer as well. Professional assistance can help a person develop and maintain the healthy eating habits they need to attempt to mitigate their risk factors. The conversation focused on the struggles of managing these health challenges alone and shared the benefits of asking for help. Those needing nutritional guidance can choose between a nutritionist and a registered dietitian to meet their needs.

Jones explained the difference between registered dietitians and nutritionists to the audience assembled in the University of the District of Columbia Student Center. “There are several nutrition professionals. You may have heard of a nutritionist, a wellness coach, and a health coach. Sometimes, your trainer at the gym may say he or she is a nutritionist. A nutritionist could be anyone. They could be self-proclaimed as a nutritionist because they received some certification,” she explained. “They have a background in nutrition and can have common knowledge.”

“But a registered dietitian is a medical nutrition expert who can help and support you when you have a chronic disease,” Jones continues.

“A chronic disease could be, for example, diabetes, high blood pressure, cardiovascular disease, cancer, or kidney disease. When you have been diagnosed with a chronic disease, you should always go to a registered dietitian; A dietitian has medical nutrition therapy practice. That means we can support you medically when addressing your nutrition issues.”

Jones emphasized the need for personalization in nutrition plans. “When someone comes to me and says, ‘Hey, I’ve been diagnosed with diabetes,’ I cannot give that person a general diabetic diet. I have to customize it because everyone is different,” she explained. Everyone’s goals are different. You may want to lose weight. This person may want to build muscles. This person has diabetes. This person has high blood pressure.”

Jones pointed out that part of finding a good dietitian is looking for a relatable provider. She said someone who looks like you may not always understand your experience. Cultural competence is critical. She suggests asking for a short consultation with a potential provider where you can ask some questions to apply to your particular needs.

“If they are talking to you in a way that makes you uncomfortable, it’s okay to move on, and if the second person makes you uncomfortable, move on,” Corbett says.

“A lot of people look at registered dietitians as food police,” said Jones.

“If you feel like that dietitian is turning up their nose because you eat a certain way, move on,”

Jones instructed attendees.“A dietitian who is culturally competent should be able to say, If you like this, I can give you this, but let me show you how to make it healthier.”

She says while dietitians receive the same training, they don’t all focus on the same areas of specialization. To find qualified professionals in your area, go to www.eatright.org.

An adverse relationship between a dietitian and their client can hurt the client’s nutritional goals. A study, “Health Expectations: An International Journal of Public Participation in Health Care and Health Policy,” published in 2019, found “that dietitians should focus on individualizing nutrition care, gaining a holistic understanding of their patients and knowing/understanding each patient.” It also found the benefits of the client and dietitian working together instead of in opposition through shared decision-making, “an interactive process where both parties contribute equally to the consultation and patients are actively engaged in decision-making.”

Corbett asked Jones about going plant-based. Many people are advised to go completely plant-based without knowing what works. “I’m not discrediting vegan and vegetarian [diets]. But some people need that bioavailability of iron right then and there, when you’re eating a plant-based diet, you tend to have to eat a little bit more to meet those nutritional needs,” explained Jones. She said that while it is a good starting point for prevention, it might not be the best path for those with certain chronic diseases. “If you are thinking about going plant-based, check with your doctor,” she advised.

As a rule, Jones never recommends specific foods for anyone she has just met. “When someone comes to me and says, ‘Hey, what should I eat?’ I say, ‘I have to see your labs.

If someone tells you to eat fruits and vegetables, you want to run,” Jones says. She explained that she wouldn’t tell someone with irritable bowel syndrome to eat raw kale because their condition impacts their digestive system and reminded the audience that customization is key.

Not all insurance plans cover dietitians, or the number of visits you might need. But there are still ways to get started.

If you do have insurance, for example, Corbett suggests using your appointment(s) to develop customized meal plans and other strategies that may help you through your stumbling blocks.

“Some insurance does not cover a lot of medical nutrition therapy; there are a lot of free resources out there,” Jones says. “A lot of dietitians work in community-based organizations.”

Jones suggested the following resources:

USDA My Plate

The American Heart Association

The American Diabetes Association

Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics

Snap ED

According to Jones, no matter your state of health, one thing is consistent across the board: “Stay away from fad diets because they’re not sustainable; you will always be on the yo-yo.” She also cautions against getting tips from what she called “medical doctor TikTok, nurse Instagram, and dietitian Facebook.”

Watch the session:

For more information on working with a dietitian, check out this stories:

Why You Need to Work With A Dietitian to Achieve Your Weight Loss Goals

Resources:

FoodJonezi

Future Healthcare Journal 

American Journal of Public Health

Health Expectations: An International Journal of Public Participation in Health Care and Health Policy

USDA My Plate

The American Heart Association

The American Diabetes Association

Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics

Snap ED

The post An Ounce of Prevention: How Nutrition Can Save Your Life appeared first on Black Health Matters.

According to Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders students may suddenly be expected to seek out the type out of support and accommodations they may have relied on in their primary educational experiences, “Autistic students reported that expectations to independently face unfamiliar routines, suddenly increased academic demands, practical issues such as cooking and budgeting, and difficulties in making new friendships contributed to their anxiety and stress while they were preparing to transition to or during their first year.”

Some researchers feel that this developmental period is underexplored due to its importance in the lives of autistic individuals. But the available research is clear. “In addition to age-normative demands faced by all individuals matriculating into college, students with neurodevelopmental disabilities, such as ASD and ADHD, must also learn how to self-advocate for needed services or accommodations during this transition,” according to the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders.

Some higher education institutions offer resources, but they might not be as readily available as those for underage students.

Once students turn 18, they have to approach getting accommodations differently. “This phenomenon, known as the ‘services cliff’, makes the transition to young adulthood especially difficult for this population,” according to Autism Research.

Focusing on how to ensure a child or young adult is meeting their transition-related needs gives them the best chance at academic success.

If you have a neurodivergent child getting ready to transition to college, here are four tactics you can use to help prepare them for what’s ahead:

Create A Plan

Developing a multipoint transitional plan to take your student from high school to college is key. The plan will look different for every student but should include as much detail as possible. “While plans should be individualized, research suggests that students should be immersed in classes with neurotypical peers, and that programs should be designed to promote and develop strengths, and transition plans should be goal specific,” according to Frontiers in Psychiatry.

Find The Resources Before You Need Them

“Obtaining accommodations can require paperwork, contact with disability offices, and disclosure of diagnoses and accommodations to each new instructor,” according to the Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders.

Unlike in primary school, every educator or administrator your young person comes into contact with might not know what is in their file. They may have to advocate for themselves.

When they decide on a school, you and your teen should become familiar with their neurodivergent resources. A study in the Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing found “utilizing sources of support” to be a key factor in the academic success of students on the autism spectrum. Many schools have website landing pages presenting the resources available to students. That is a good starting place, but do not assume that is your only option. Student health services might have helpful resources as well. Check out peer groups where students who share experiences similar to your child’s might be listed under clubs or student activities.

Decide On How To Navigate Privacy Restrictions

Parents often want to aid their neurodivergent grown children in the postsecondary environment to ensure success.

When your child is in high school, their education automatically goes through you. In most cases, there is no information that you do not have the right to access. In college, that changes. Federal law prevents academic institutions from forking over data to family members, no matter how close they are.

Work out a plan for helping your child that works within the boundaries of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment (PPRA).

In some cases, you might have your child opt in to your gaining access to their information. In others, you might need to set a time to discuss how to help your child without crossing privacy parameters.

It is best to do this before orientation.

Use Social Stories To Acknowledge College Traditions

Social stories are a commonly used intervention for small children, but they are helpful for students of all ages.

Many college campuses have unique traditions and events that your neurodivergent young person might not feel comfortable participating in. They might require support when everyone uses a tray to sled down a hill, dancing in a fountain, or dressing alike during a sorority rush period.

Social stories incorporating this information can prepare them for certain times of the year, like homecoming season. It could help them navigate or at least partially prepare for sensory overload.

Set A Timeline For Evaluating Tactics

Sometimes, no matter how well you craft a plan, it is unsuccessful. Set a timeline to evaluate the transition plan you craft with your young person so that you can pivot if your family needs to.

Resources
Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders

Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders

Autism Research

Frontiers in Psychiatry

Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders

Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing

Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry

Digital-Mediated Social Stories Support Children on the Autism Spectrum

The post 4 Ways to Get Your Neurodivergent Teen Ready for College appeared first on Black Health Matters.

BHM: Can you share your journey with excessive facial and body hair and how it inspired your brand?

Jasmine Nelson: When I was around 14 or 15, I noticed hair growing on my neck. I didn’t know what to do, so I shaved it, thinking it would be no different than shaving my legs—big mistake. Over time, the hair spread to my chin and jawline, and I wasn’t just dealing with hair anymore. I was battling ingrown hairs, scarring, and a serious hit to my confidence.

I was too ashamed to be around people. When I finally went to a doctor, they diagnosed me with PCOS and offered solutions like birth control or spironolactone, but I declined because they didn’t feel right for me long-term.

I tried everything from electrolysis to dietary changes, spending more time and money than I want to admit, but nothing seemed to work consistently.

During this time, I met my high school friend, who later became my husband. He truly accepted me for me, beyond just my physical appearance. Having someone love me unconditionally was healing, but self-acceptance didn’t come overnight. Loving yourself is a journey; no one can do that work for you.

Pregnancy temporarily reduced my facial hair, but postpartum brought it back with a vengeance. Determined to find a solution, I started experimenting with ingredients and formulas. After months of trial and error, I finally created something that worked. I never intended to start a business, but I knew I had to share it once I saw how many women were going through the same struggles. That’s how Umber by J. Lenay was born.

BHM: Why does PCOS cause excessive facial and body hair, and how can women manage it effectively?

Jasmine Nelson: PCOS causes elevated levels of androgens—male hormones like testosterone—which promote hair growth in areas like the face, chest, and back. It’s also responsible for thinning hair on the scalp, creating a frustrating double-edged sword. Balancing hormones naturally can help, whether through a low-sugar, anti-inflammatory diet, spearmint tea, or supplements like DIM or saw palmetto.

For hair removal itself, hair inhibitors like my Hair-Reducing Fade Oil can slow regrowth while soothing the skin. Whatever hair removal method you choose—threading, waxing, or shaving—always follow up with proper aftercare to reduce irritation and prevent ingrown hairs. And remember, PCOS-related hair growth is not your fault.

BHM: Pregnancy often changes hair growth in unexpected ways. What can women expect, and how can they manage it?

Jasmine Nelson: Pregnancy hormones like estrogen and progesterone can lead to thicker, darker hair growth in new areas, while for some women, it might temporarily reduce excessive hair growth. Pregnancy lessened my facial hair for a while, but postpartum brought it back stronger than ever.

To manage these changes, use gentle hair removal methods if needed, exfoliate regularly, and hydrate to prevent irritation. Supporting your overall health with a nutrient-rich diet and scalp massages can help during postpartum recovery. Give yourself grace—hormonal shifts during pregnancy are natural and often resolve with time.

BHM: Menopause presents another stage of hormonal changes. What advice would you give to women experiencing these transitions?

Jasmine Nelson: I haven’t experienced it yet, but I’ve learned and researched it by speaking with different individuals. Menopause brings hormonal changes as women age. As estrogen levels decline, androgens become more dominant, leading to changes like excessive hair growth—something many women don’t talk about.

BHM: How does dealing with hormonal imbalances and physical changes impact mental well-being?

Jasmine Nelson: It can be emotionally exhausting. Hormonal imbalances and the physical changes they bring, like hair growth or skin shifts, affect how you feel about yourself. I know firsthand, and many women I’ve spoken to feel the same way—frustration, isolation, even anxiety when dealing with excessive hair growth, skin changes, or weight fluctuations. It’s not just about how we look. It’s about feeling like we’ve lost control over our bodies.

Here’s my advice: give yourself grace and focus on what you can control. Create a self-care routine that makes you feel good, whether using hair-reducing treatments, skincare rituals, or simply taking time for yourself.

Surround yourself with a community that truly understands your journey. Incorporating daily affirmations and shifting your mindset is powerful, too. Remember, your beauty isn’t defined by hormones or hair but by how you love and care for yourself. You are worthy just as you are. So don’t give up!

BHM: What misconceptions about facial and body hair need to be challenged?

Jasmine Nelson: One of the biggest misconceptions is that women shouldn’t have facial or body hair at all, like it’s unnatural or something to be ashamed of. But the truth is, hair growth is completely normal; it’s influenced by genetics, hormones, and health conditions like PCOS or menopause.

Society has this weird way of equating being hairless with being feminine, which makes many women feel self-conscious or like they’re somehow “less feminine” if they deal with excessive hair growth.

It’s a struggle, but it’s time we challenge that narrative and embrace what’s natural for us.

BHM: How has your brand, Umber by J. Lenay, become a catalyst for advocacy in women’s health?

Jasmine Nelson: Umber by J Lenay was born from my struggles and the genuine desire to offer real solutions for women dealing with excessive hair growth, dark spots, and ingrown hairs. But it’s more than just about creating products—it’s about using this brand to advocate women’s health and wellness. By shining a light on the impact of hormonal imbalances, whether from PCOS, menopause, or other conditions, I’ve been able to spark meaningful conversations around body image, self-care, and access to affordable alternatives to laser treatments and electrolysis.

BHM: What’s one key message you’d like to leave for women navigating excessive facial and body hair in today’s society?

Jasmine Nelson: My biggest piece of advice? You are not alone, and you are not defined by your hair. Dealing with excessive hair growth can feel overwhelming, especially in a society that doesn’t often talk about it openly, but remember—your beauty and worth go far beyond society’s standards.

Check Out These Top Picks from Umber by J. Lenay

Through her journey of trial, error, and resilience, Jasmine created a range of organic products to help women with excessive hair growth. Here are three:

 Hair Reducing Fade Oil Roll-On: A gentle formula that allows slow hair regrowth while soothing irritation and improving the appearance of dark spots. Price: $60.00.

2 oz Facial Moisturizer for Ingrown Hairs and Acne: Ideal for post-hair removal care, this serum hydrates and calms sensitive skin, reducing redness and discomfort. Price: $34.00

4 oz Facial Sugar Scrub: Exfoliating and preventing ingrown hairs, this scrub refreshes skin and promotes an even texture, perfect for your self-care routine. Price: $18.00

The post A Natural Solution For Excessive Hair Facial & Body Hair Growth appeared first on Black Health Matters.

According to the International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is “a neurodevelopmental condition characterized by atypical abilities or differences in social interaction and verbal or nonverbal communication and repetitive, restrictive patterns and interests.” The Annals of Tourism Research Empirical Insights reports that “Participation in tourism is lower among families with a child diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder than among comparable families.”

Family-themed creator channels like The Gentle Life share information with families seeking guidance on navigating family travel and other activities.

Select airlines, theme parks, and entertainment venues are addressing this by implementing accommodations that allow everyone to enjoy the fun in a way that honors their experience.

They provide sensory kits, safe spaces, and altered versions of activities. Below are the changes being made to include autistic individuals.

Air Travel

Emirates Airline is not just known for its premium seats and fine dining options. It is also celebrated for setting out to become the first global autism-certified airline. In 2023, Emirates Airline mandated that 23,000 staff members complete an education program called “Introduction to Autism and Hidden Disabilities Training.”

According to their website, “Emirates’ ground staff and cabin crew will undertake a new, focused training on autism and sensory awareness to equip them with the understanding and skills to address needs of travellers with autism and sensory sensitivities, along with their families.”

Multi-sensory rooms have been opened in airports across the country. Birmingham, Newark, Detroit, Atlanta, Pittsburgh, and San Diego offer these soothing spaces to comfort autistic people who might be overstimulated.

Wings for Autism permits families to schedule sessions to practice the boarding process.

Cruises

Several cruise lines offer accommodations for autistic individuals and their families. Royal Caribbean provides autism accommodations on select ships. Aboard these ships, there are “extra professionally trained staff in caring for individuals with developmental disabilities,” “specialized respite sessions,” and “private activities and sessions.”

Royal Caribbean offers “Expedited check-in, boarding, and departure,” “Special dietary accommodations,” “Autism-Friendly Toy Lending,” and “Autism-Friendly Films.” They also offer all guests access to a social story that can be downloaded before departure. Social stories are powerful intervention tools. They allow people to familiarize themselves with their surroundings before they arrive so that they know what to expect.

“The goals of social stories are to share accurate social information and to promote social understanding. These short, individualized stories provide support in new and sometimes confusing social experiences,” reports the Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences Journal.

However, Royal Caribbean provides Autism-Friendly accommodations to children, teens, and adults.

Celebrity Cruises “offers autism-friendly interactive initiatives for families, including sensory-friendly films and toys and dietary menu options.” Carnival Cruises also offers accommodations.

They are the “first cruise line to be certified ‘sensory inclusive’ by KultureCity®, a leading nonprofit for individuals with sensory and invisible disabilities.”

Disney Cruise Lines’ custom app allows users to contact counselors and obtain helpful information. The company also schedules sensory-friendly activities for all age levels.

Entertainment Venues

Concerts can be overwhelming. They often contain entertaining but shocking elements like flame projectors and fireworks. There has been a rise in sensory-friendly concerts that offer equally enjoyable but less stimulating experiences that don’t surprise people with random flashes of pyrotechnics.

Some musical and dance venues offer shortened performances, leave the lights up, and limit ticket sales to accommodate autistic people.

Movie theaters are expanding their efforts to be inclusive as well. AMC has partnered with the Autism Society to offer sensory-friendly screenings. The company is the largest movie theater in the United States, making its industry-shifting commitment significant. Regal Theatres developed the My Way Matinee program. During these screenings, guests can access “a safe space where our guests are free to express themselves by singing, crying, dancing, walking around, talking or shouting while enjoying Hollywood’s latest films.”

Amusement Parks

LEGOLAND® New York is a Certified Autism Center. Sesame Place provides noise-canceling headphones and the option to participate in a low-sensory parade viewing. Six Flags amusement parks honor the International Board of Credentialing and Continuing Education Standards accessibility cards throughout their facilities.

Dorney Park & Wildwater Kingdom offers sensory kits, sensory guides, and disposable ear protection at guests’ request. Their family care center is equipped with a multi-sensory and calming room.

The post Public Spaces Are Making Room for Autism appeared first on Black Health Matters.

In Trinidad and Tobago, soup is commonly made for Saturday midday meals and eaten in communal hangouts. It’s called a “soup lime,” and “liming” is Trini parlance for informal get-togethers with friends and family. What’s on the menu at a soup lime? Depends on the soup du jour. Meat-heavy options like cow heel or oxtail soup are popular. Fish broth – colloquially referred to as “brof” or fish “tea”- is a traditional favorite, often made at home with fresh kingfish or carite.

Caribbean recipe site This Bago Girl offers an easy-to-follow fish broth recipe online. The recipe features a variety of fresh herbs and “ground provisions,” or Caribbean root vegetables, which increase the soup’s nutritional value and heartiness.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Renz | Caribbean Recipes (@thisbagogirl)

In Rastafarian culture, eating “ital” is preferred, a plant-based diet that originated in Jamaica in the 1930s and has only increased in popularity over time. Rastafarians were ahead of the curve in recognizing the benefits of fresh produce and eschewing processed foods or meat-based dishes. New York-based chef Troy Levy explains the difference between vegan and Italian food: Italian cuisine relies on vegetables without the need to add or remix anything to appear as meat; there are no faux chicken or ground meat substitutes in Italian food. His four-bean ital stew is a dense bean version of the traditional coconut-milk-laced Rasta favorite. Food Network’s acclaimed chef Kardea Brown shares a delicious-looking Italian stew or “sip” recipe via Instagram, involving curry powder, turmeric, sweet potatoes, carrots, squash, tomatoes, coconut milk, and cabbage.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Kardea Brown-Smith (@kardeabrown)

Corn soup is a popular Caribbean late-night dish, often purchased on the roadside from vendors after a night of festivities. Thick and hearty, this soup has a base of split peas and corn that makes it filling and nourishing to the soul. Popular Caribbean website Eat Ah Food offers a traditional recipe that includes the option of dumplings for those who want their soup even thicker. Author of Bountiful Cooking: Wholesome Everyday Meals to Nourish You and Your Family, holistic health coach Agatha Achindu offers a sweet corn soup recipe with her Cameroonian influence that looks amazing.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Agatha Achindu (@agathaachindu)

The post Healthy Soup From the Diaspora appeared first on Black Health Matters.

We’ve been consuming Blue No. 1, Blue No. 2, Green No. 3, Orange B, Red 40, Yellow 5, Yellow 6, and Citrus Red for years. These dyes are used in foods, drinks, and drugs to artificially brighten their color.

This week, Cnet.com listed nine categories of foods that still use it:

• candy
• cake
• cupcakes
• frozen desserts
• frostings
• icings
• certain Marascino cherries
• certain processed meats and meat substitutes

Many seasonal and nonseasonal candy products contain Red No. 3, like cherry cordials, Brach’s Classic Jelly Beans and Spiced Jelly Beans, Conversation Hearts, Candy Corn, PEZ candy, Dubble Bubble gum, and some flavors of Ring Pops. Here’s what you might want to consider before making those Easter baskets.

Pillsbury Funfetti Strawberry Cake & Cupcake mix uses red Dye No. 3 along with its yellow and chocolate cakes. Strawberry Milk Brands like Nesquik and True Moo use Red 3 to make their strawberry milk pink. Good Humor has it in their Strawberry Shortcake Ice Cream Bars. Vigo Yellow Rice enhances its products with it, while most yellow and saffron rice brands don’t use dye.

Yoo-hoo promises a reformulated Strawberry drink without the ingredient on shelves by the end of the year. The makers of the popular Peeps candies, a staple during the Easter season, say they have removed Red Dye No 3 from their products.

If you are unsure, the Environmental Working Group has compiled a searchable database of products that still use the banned ingredient (remember, it isn’t fully revoked until 2027 or 2028, depending on the category).

According to CNet.com, three viable natural alternatives are being discussed. “Givaudan Sense Colour, a manufacturing company that creates natural food and drink colorings, highlighted three possible alternatives to Red No. 3 — carmine, which is actually made from bugs; betacyanins, found in beetroots; and anthocyanins, derived from fruits and vegetables.”

The post The Red Dye No 3 Ban: Here’s What You Need to Know appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Corynne L. Corbett, Editorial Director, Black Health Matters, Dashaun Johnson

 Cee Nicole, MD, MSW, Magan Ester, RDN

Healthcare professionals Cee Nicole, MD, MSW, Magan Ester, RDN, and trainer Dashaun Johnson joined Black Health Matters Editorial Director Corynne L. Corbett to discuss nutrition and exercise for achieving and maintaining a healthy weight to lower the risk of chronic health conditions and cancer. They encouraged the Black Health Matters 2025 Winter Health Summit & Expo audience to resolve to make a step toward positive change.

Diabetes and heart disease are most commonly associated with obesity, but people with obesity also have a higher risk of 13 cancer types, including breast, colorectal, and liver cancer. Magan Ester called for us to understand what the Doctor says and why they recommend mammograms, colonoscopies, or other screenings.

Shame can prevent education. “Some of us don’t always feel comfortable saying, Hey, wait, Doctor such and such, I didn’t really understand what you just said. Can you please stop and explain that to me?” said Dr. Nicole. “Sometimes, it’s a lack of understanding that holds us back.”

Seeking professional help was encouraged. Nutritionists can help us determine the right path to reach weight loss goals by helping to understand the unique challenges we face. Corbett noted the importance of personalization in lifestyle changes. “If you have a chronic disease, some of the things we’re saying may be different for you,” she told the audience. Easter added, “Make sure you have a core team with a physician and a dietician because you cannot rely on social media (for advice).

Corbett also stressed the importance of education about the science behind obesity. The Journal of the American Heart Association reports that “In the United States, overweight and obesity are chronic diseases that contribute to excess morbidity and mortality. Despite public health efforts, these disorders are on the rise, and their consequences are burgeoning.”

Those consequences are not distributed equally. Comorbidities disproportionately impact Black communities. This is particularly distressing because “there are significant racial and ethnic disparities in obesity prevalence rates, with African Americans being 51% more likely to be obese,” according to the Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved, and “Black Americans have the highest mortality rates in the U.S. from chronic diseases, it is important to understand the combinations of obesity-related health behaviors that coalesce into health lifestyles for this group,” per the American Journal of Preventive Medicine.

The panel provided many solutions for achieving and maintaining a healthy weight and wellness, noting that wellness is not just physical. Mental and spiritual health are included in the “Eight Dimensions of Well-Being” shared by Easter.

Optimizing those dimensions looks different for everyone. “Nutrition is a very personalized thing. The person next to you on either side will probably not have the same nutritional needs as you,” Ester added. “Try not to look at everybody else as the same, and that’s why it’s important to see a dietitian or someone in the field who is an expert on looking at you individually and saying what you need.”

It can be worth working through discomfort to get the tools required to live a healthier lifestyle for ourselves and our loved ones. The Doctor is there to help you. It is okay if you do not understand them fully. Keep asking questions until you are satisfied that you have what you need.

Johnson has been promoting overall wellness for more than a decade. He facilitates “senior body sculpting” with flexible fitness programs that are adaptable for seniors looking to improve their health. The routines he offered can be completed anywhere. He admits his impressive fitness routine would not work for the average person. He encouraged the audience to adapt their exercise routines to incorporate methods they will likely stick with.

Optimizing those dimensions looks different for everyone. “Nutrition is a very personalized thing. The person next to you on either side will probably not have the same nutritional needs as you,” Ester added. Try not to look at everybody else as the same, and that’s why it’s important to see a dietitian or someone in the field who is an expert on looking at you individually and saying what you need.”

His comments clarified the need to take a realistic approach to prioritizing fitness. He demonstrated how easy it can be to incorporate exercise into your day by leading the room in a series of core contractions. He explained that every move throughout the day impacts one’s “range of motion.” Johnson’s parting words compared our bodies to our cars, with a need to warm up every day. He recommends a five-minute stretch in the morning and before bed each night. Nutritional education can help achieve health goals as well. “Most people don’t know how to eat on the go,” Johnson said. He shared that there are smarter options available in fast-food restaurants. “When you go to these restaurants, there are alternatives that we can dig into, but we go for what’s convenient and faster versus taking the time to minimize those mistakes,” he continued.

Dr. Nicole thinks the “clean plate rule” is a huge mistake that does not leave room for personalization and intuition. “You don’t have to eat all these meals all day because we do not work and exude that many calories all day. And it is okay to wait until your body says, I’m hungry,” she said.

The post Rewind the Session: Exploring the Impact of Nutrition & Exercise on Your Health appeared first on Black Health Matters.

As the popularity of these medications grew, supply shortages made it difficult for patients to access the approved drugs. This created an opportunity for compounding pharmacies to produce alternative versions.

Compounding pharmacies can legally create customized medications when a commercially available drug is unavailable, especially during shortages.

FDA’s New Clarification on Compounded GLP-1 Drugs

The FDA recently clarified its stance on compounded GLP-1 drugs, emphasizing that compounding pharmacies must stop producing unauthorized copies of these medications by specific deadlines. The two types of facilities impacted by this new guidance, 503A pharmacies (those serving individual patients by prescription) and 503B outsourcing facilities (larger facilities that manufacture sterile medications in bulk), must stop producing compounded GLP-1 drugs by April 22nd and May 22nd, respectively.

These deadlines mark the end of the widespread availability of compounded GLP-1 drugs that became common during the supply shortage.

The FDA’s recent guidance is driven by concerns about the safety, quality, and effectiveness of compounded GLP-1 medications.

Unlike FDA-approved drugs, compounded medications do not undergo the same rigorous testing for safety and efficacy. This has raised several key concerns regarding variance in dosing and misleading advertising.

What’s Next?

The FDA’s recent actions are designed to protect patients from potentially unsafe medications while encouraging better access to approved treatments. ]

If you’re currently using a compounded GLP-1 medication for weight loss, it’s essential to plan ahead. Start by talking to your healthcare provider about switching to an FDA-approved alternative or exploring other treatment options that fit your health needs.

Since compounded versions will only remain available until spring 2025, now is the time to review your plan and discuss potential adjustments. Your provider can help you manage this transition safely, ensuring you continue to receive effective support for your weight management goals. Be cautious when purchasing medications online or from unregulated sources.

References:

• FDA’s Concerns with Unapproved GLP-1 Drugs Used for Weight Loss

The post FDA Takes Action on Compounded GLP-1 Drugs: What This Means For You appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Her Backstory

While Sherrie would describe herself as “overweight” growing up, she never felt moved to make changes to her lifestyle. She had been warned by doctors over and over again about the potential impacts that excess weight can have on her health and her body but put it off as something she would work on, eventually. In the years that followed,

Sherrie became a caregiver to her late mother and was able to see firsthand how poor health habits led to the loss of mobility and independence. This planted a seed in Sherrie’s psyche.

At the start of the pandemic, Sherrie was scared straight. She had heard through news broadcasting that the COVID-19 virus was especially life-threatening to those who had comorbidities and or were overweight. “I was scared to die [due to COVID-19]”, Sherrie shared. “That’s what helped the most.”

With her weight finally threatening her overall health and independence, she knew she had to kick things into full gear.

It was finally time to make changes and live as able-bodied as possible for as long as possible. Sherrie used this additional fuel and continued her walks to work. Slowly, she noticed her weight changing as a byproduct and used this as the perfect motivation to push on.”

At the start of her budget-friendly walks to work, Sherrie gained the attention of a neighbor who began to join her for walks. Sherrie was glad to be an example to others and gladly started the tradition of morning walks. “My neighbor, who worked in the same building as me, became an accountability partner. She would see me walking, and eventually, we would get together to do neighborhood walks before work and on the weekends.”

As the walks continued, goals grew, and the new goal became 10,000 steps daily. The pair took walks that stretched farther until they extended across neighborhoods and bridges across New York City.

Sherrie’s Tips, Tricks, and Motivating Moves

“I’m not perfect, but I try my best.” To support her weight loss, Sherrie became more mindful about what she ate and made small changes where she could. These small changes include portion control and swapping certain foods for healthier or low-calorie alternatives. For example, Sherrie says she enjoys coffee but is more vigilant about how much creamer she uses because she understands how sugar can play a role in weight loss/gain.

Meal prepping also helped Sherrie stay on track with her portions and the foods she was eating. Having home-bought meals meant she didn’t have to order takeout, which can be filled with many processed ingredients we don’t need.

Regarding motivation, Sherrie says she has used the traction from her neighbors, church members, co-workers, friends, and fitness groups to keep her going. “I’m known as the walking lady,” she remarks. Additionally, many members who knew Sherrie was on a weight-loss journey would generously offer their new or gently used clothes in sizes that aligned with her goals.

She also uses her doctor’s appointments as checkpoints for her progress because she knows they’ll check for blood pressure, blood sugar levels, and other health markers.

With no children of her own, Sherriee affirms, “I want to be able to live independently as long as I can.” While Sherrie is also adamant that this journey was never about the scale, she does have a general goal of maintaining a weight below 200 lbs.

Looking Ahead

Sherrie intends to continue to use walking to maintain her overall well-being and weight loss and meet her daily goal of 10K steps. When necessary, she incorporates gym and at-home workouts into her routine. She is one of many health and wellness ambassadors at her job and encourages her office-mates to step away from their desks for short walks as often as possible throughout the day. She is also a member of the Obesity Action Coalition, which empowers and encourages people living with obesity on their journeys to better health.

It was never about the scale; it was always about the quality of life. I believe I have to be an active participant in my healing.

When asked if she had any long-term goals, she proudly stated, “I want to be able to take care of myself and continue to be an example.

The post Sherrie Dampeer: How She Walked the Weight Off appeared first on Black Health Matters.

However, researchers also reported that the association between television viewing and heart disease was not observed among physically active individuals who met at least 150 minutes of physical activity per week.

This suggests that exercise may mitigate some of the risks associated with binge-watching (though others remain).

“TV watching occurs at the end of the day where individuals may consume their biggest meal, and people may be completely sedentary with hours of uninterrupted sitting until they go to bed,” lead study author Jeanette Garcia said in a news release.

The study said TV viewing is the most prevalent sedentary behavior in the United States. Given that African Americans report watching 20-30 percent more TV than white Americans, researchers have suggested that reducing TV viewing could be a target for improving health outcomes.

“Eating a large meal and then sitting for hours at a time could be a very harmful combination,” said Garcia, a kinesiology and physical therapy professor at the University of Central Florida in Orlando.

“Snacking may also be an issue, and, unfortunately, individuals typically do not snack on fresh fruits and vegetables but rather potato chips or other sweet or salty, high-calorie foods,” she said. “At a desk job, workers often get up, go to a copy machine, talk with a colleague, go to a meeting or the break room. It’s not hours of uninterrupted sitting.”

The study saw no correlation between sitting at work and a risk of heart disease, matching findings from other researchers.

Researchers said excessive TV time is probably harmful for any racial or ethnic group, and they plan to study further why it might be a more harmful sedentary behavior.

Meanwhile, Garcia said doctors might want to ask their patients about their TV-watching habits. Those who like to watch TV can take preventive measures, such as walking, to offset the health risks.

Growing evidence has linked sedentary behavior to several risk factors for heart disease and stroke, including high blood pressure, obesity, and Type 2 diabetes. “Black Americans at all ages disproportionately experience higher rates of heart disease and stroke as well induce a greater risk for cardiovascular disease. This translates to a lower life expectancy by about five years compared with whites.”

Researchers reviewed data on 3,592 adults enrolled in the Jackson Heart Study, an ongoing community-based study following African Americans living in Jackson, Mississippi. Television habits, hours spent sitting at a desk, and exercise were self-reported. During a follow-up period of more than eight years, there were 129 cardiovascular disease events, such as heart attacks, and 205 deaths.

Study participants who reported spending more time sitting at work were more likely to be female, younger, have a higher body mass index, and have a higher family income.

They also ate a healthier diet and engaged in more moderate physical activity. They were less likely to smoke or drink a lot of alcohol.

On the other hand, those who watched several hours of television were more likely to report lower incomes and education status, lower physical activity, a higher BMI, and high blood pressure. They were also more likely to be a current smoker, have unhealthy eating habits, and drink heavier amounts of alcohol.

Nearly one-third reported watching less than two hours of television daily, another 36 percent reported watching two to four hours, and 31 percent said they watched more than four hours.

A more recent study published in 2024 in the Journal of General Medicine tracked television viewing habits of both white and Black participants beginning in their 20s to see how they impacted strokes, heart attacks, and other serious coronary events.

In an interview with US News & World Reports, the study’s lead author, Dr. Jason Nagata, an associate professor at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), Division of Adolescent and Young Adult Medicine, shared some key findings:

The post Excessive TV Time Linked to Heart Risk in Black Folks appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Dr. Nava Greenfield, a board-certified dermatologist with Schweiger Dermatology Group in New York City, observes that winter months are marked by several months of colder and drier environments.

Our skin will suffer if we don’t adapt our skincare routine to the changing environment. The eyes, lips, elbows, and hands are parts of the body that bear the brunt of winter skin stress.

These skin locations are exposed to irritating stressors such as water and soap or are the most delicate and thin skin locations (eyelids} that need special attention. Using products that are hydrated and more occlusive and using them more often will go a long way toward protecting the skin.

The bottom line? Your skincare regimen is adequate. You moisturize daily and use sunscreen, but you know it’s time to take your TLC game up a notch and intentionally include other body parts for a moisture surge. We’ve turned to the experts to outline five tweaks to go from adequate to maximum moisture, strong, supple strands, and glowy skin!

Maintain your mane.

Cold air, indoor heating, and lack of humidity all suck the moisture out of your hair and can leave it brittle.

Keep your hair healthy during the frigid season by tweaking your hair care routine. The key is hydration, says Dr. Kari Williams, Trichologist, Celebrity Hairstylist, and Director of Education at Cecred Haircare.

Look at a moisturizing conditioner loaded with moisturizing oils and butter, hyaluronic acid, and other hydrating ingredients. These penetrate deeply into the hair, providing mega moisture and smoothing the cuticle to maintain hydration levels. Use weekly and leave it on for 10-30 minutes for best results.

Our faves:

Cecred Moisturizing Deep Conditioner, $39, with lush ingredients of shea and murumuru butter blend and bioactive keratin ferment, softens curls and helps maintain definition throughout the colder months.

4 U By Tia Deep Conditioning Repair Mask, $13. This intensive treatment is powered by vegan protein and Hemi 15, a proprietary blend of deeply nourishing ingredients.

Care for your kisser.

Chapped lips are dry lips. Prevent dry, cracked lips with a non-irritating lip balm. It sounds like a no-brainer, but according to the American Academy of Dermatology, many people mistake discomfort such as burning, stinging, and tingling as a sign that the active ingredients in the product are working. Noo! You are actively irritating your lip.

Ingredients to avoid if lips are chapped include camphor, eucalyptus, lanolin, menthol, and oxybenzone.

Ingredients that heal lips include castor seed oil, ceramides, petrolatum, shea butter, and hemp oil. Are you planning on spending time outside? You know the drill: an SPF is a must, even in your lip balm. The AAD suggests you slather on a non-irritating lip balm with an SPF of 30 or higher while outdoors. Apply every two hours.

Look to:

Neutrogena’s Hydro Boost Hydrating Lip Sleeping Mask, $16. Delivers intense hydration courtesy of hyaluronic acid while you sleep for softer, smoother lips upon waking up!

Avon Beyond Glow Lipcerin Hydrating Tinted Lip Care, $20. It is replete with moisture-boosting ingredients, including ceramide, plumping peptides, and soothing shea butter, and it comes in six tantalizing tints for a kiss of color!

Cay Skin Isle Lip Balm SPF30, $16. It is available in six different tints and contains soothing ingredients like shea butter and aloe.

Invest in a humidifier.

The experts all agree that to revel in your skin, you must add moisture to the air at home. Humidifiers add moisture to the air, and they are an effective way to combat dry winter air. Atlanta-based dermatologist Patricia Oyetakin, MD, FAAD, states that the humidifier can be a game changer. It adds more moisture to the air and is very helpful when dealing with eczema. It also helps soothe the skin and addresses inflammation, and if there are breathing issues, it can help with the breathing. She suggests that the humidifier be placed in the bedroom or living space, wherever you spend the most time. Use the cool mist setting during the winter months. Aim for a humidity level of 30-60%. Too high can encourage mold, and too low won’t help your skin.

Consider Levoit OasisMist 450S Smart Humidifier, $80.It offers smart setting control, wide room coverage, and 45 hours of continuous mist for fewer refills.

Double down on skin protection with Ectoin-fueled products.

When you get used to looking for hyaluronic acid and peptides, another powerful ingredient comes along. Dr. Greenfield explains that ectoin is part of a protein structure derived from molecules found in certain bacteria that live in high-stress environments and functions to protect the bacteria from environmental stressors. It can also help protect human cells in the skin barrier by attracting numerous water molecules and creating an effective physical film layer to trap water and prevent water loss. This helps strengthen the skin and its natural barrier function and can produce visible results when used in skincare. Turbocharge skin protection with ectoin-fueled serum/moisturizers:

The Inkey List Ectoin Hydro-Barrier Serum, $15 This lightweight serum delivers multi-level hydration and strengthens the skin barrier within 15 minutes with the help of hyaluronic acid and ceramides.

Grown Alchemist Hydra -Restore Eye Serum, $50 Banish the look of stress and fine lines. The multi-tasking eye serum brightens, hydrates, and reduces the appearance of dark circles and fine lines with the help of gentian root extract, which promotes collagen.

Safeguard your body with indulgent moisturizers.

Fine-tune your moisturizer situation by upping the ante. Instead of just slathering on cream after bathing, try layering, as offered by Dr. Corey L. Hartman, founder of Skin Wellness Dermatology in Birmingham, Alabama. It’s best to layer multiple products with hydrating ingredients (think hyaluronic acid, glycerin, shea butter, cocoa butter, squalane, and ceramides) at each step. After gently patting the skin dry, apply body oil ( we still rock with Palmer’s Cocoa Butter Formula Moisturizing Body Oil). Follow up with a sumptuous cream. General skincare best practices call for products to be applied from thinnest to thickest. For more information on great moisturizers, see this story.

Tula Skincare Barrier Balance Ceramide Body Moisturizer, $32, is clinically proven to hydrate all day and bolster skin’s protective barrier from moisture loss. It is infused with hyaluronic acid, ceramides, and a trio of great butters, for the softest, plumpest skin.

Heal cracked hands and feet.

in order to prevent dryness and keep your hands and feet moisturized, Dr. Oyetakin suggests that you wash your hands for about twenty seconds with lukewarm water and preferably a gentle, non-fragrant soap. Apply moisturizer-like ointments and/or creams immediately afterward. Use rubber gloves when washing the dishes.

At night, repeat and add a petrolatum-based ointment; look no further than Vaseline Healing Jelly Original to help seal the water content in the skin—Slip on white cotton gloves for hydrated, baby-soft hands in the morning. The extra step further reduces water loss and allows for better penetration of moisturizers. Dr. Oyetain’s treatment for feet? Apply moisturizers with urea for hydration and alpha hydroxy acids for gentle exfoliation and hydration or petrolatum daily, especially after showering or bathing. Don’t forget to dry thoroughly! Reach for clean, thick socks during the day.

Slather away with these hardworking faves:

Necessaire The Hand Cream, $28 Chock-full of ceramides and peptides for hydration and marula butter, all help to treat dryness and plump up skin for softer, younger-looking hands.

Skinfix Hand Relief Cream, $25: This cream relieves dry, cracked, and sensitive skin and soothes eczema on hands and feet with shea butter, ceramides, and calming colloidal oatmeal.

AmLactin Foot Repair Cream, $13, uses a fast-acting multitasking formula that intensely hydrates to help heal splits and cracks. Meanwhile, 15% lactic acid, a gentle yet effective AHA, exfoliates dead skin cells and promotes skin cell turnover.

The post Combat Winter Dryness From Head to Toe appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Perimenopause and Menopause

Women in their 50s often are baffled by unexplained weight gain. But Dr. Gabrielle Francis, a Naturopathic Doctor, says things started to change a decade earlier. “In your 40s, the engine’s winding down, and a lot of women have thyroid and adrenal depletion from go, go, going, and never recharging,” she explains. “This period of perimenopause, which is the ten years before menopause, can often feel like the rug’s being pulled out from underneath you if those backup generators are not doing the work that they need to do. A lot of the imbalances people feel in their 40s are coming from thyroid and adrenal issues and fluctuating hormone levels. And then there are factors like weight, lifestyle, diet, genetics, how our body metabolizes hormones.”

Lack of Sleep

A good night’s sleep to support the optimal health of someone 18-60 is between seven and nine hours a night. Those of us who are sleep deprived are more likely to have a poor lipid-protein profile, an increased risk of diabetes and cardiovascular disease, and are at risk for premature death.

Chronic sleep patterns of less than six hours in our community are associated with higher BMIs.

Not Consuming Enough Calories

No, we’re not talking about intermittent fasting, which last year was linked to a 91% increased risk of cardiovascular death. We’re talking about metabolic starvation or slowdown. When you skip meal after meal, you may lose weight at first, but the body adapts. It holds on to the fat it has and reduces its basal metabolic rate (BMR) in response to less calorie input and weight plateaus. And there are some noticeable side effects, too. Some symptoms to look out for include:

• bloating or constipation
• dry skin
•  brittle nails
• hair shedding
• loss of appetite

Self-Criticism and Negative Thinking

Finding early success with a weight loss program and then hitting a wall can cause some people with obesity to begin thinking negatively about themselves. According to a study published in Obesity Facts, “Many individuals enter weight loss regimes with cycles of early success followed by relapse, which can be associated with a sense of failure, inefficacy, shame, and self-criticism.”

The study authors believe that any approach to weight loss should consider a more comprehensive approach that includes ‘psychological issues, such as body confidence or attitude, depression, anxiety or self-esteem’ and ‘wider lifestyle factors such as sleeping patterns and stress management.’ They point out that few studies have examined clients’ self-evaluation process and the emotions that are tied to them.

Sometimes, we can block our success by how we talk to or about ourselves, and we need to reframe our mindsets for success. Too much self-criticism and anxiety could lead to gut issues.

“Well-being is a multidimensional, dynamic phenomenon that includes not just the absence of physical and mental illness but a subjective sense of happiness, satisfaction with life, positive psychological functioning, a perception of being connected to and accepted by others, and self-realization.” Self-care has to be an essential part of the solution.

Weight loss is a journey—tracking which, if any, of these factors is slowing your progress. Engage a healthcare professional to help you address your obstacles and give yourself some grace. Every small step you take toward healthy weight management pays dividends.

The post Four Things That May Impede Your Weight Loss Progress appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Just as the contestants on “Pop the Balloon” embrace the surprises hidden within each burst, singles over 50 can approach dating with a sense of adventure and openness.

The key is to pop the balloon of preconceived notions and open oneself to new possibilities, experiences, and connections.

BHM: What inspired you to become a matchmaker?

Shaneeka McCray: I became a matchmaker based on my necessity and curiosity in terms of why dating is not working for me. It started more religious; we were Christian-based and then transitioned into a more elite company that caters to African Americans, really all singles, but Black women who are high achieving and high earning and are just looking for suitable companionship.

BHM: How can older adults build confidence when re-entering the dating scene?

Shaneeka McCray: You have to go inward. You can’t address something from the outside; you have to go in first, have those conversations with yourself, and be honest about why you believe you don’t have whatever you’re looking for. That is always the starting point. Instead of just going out and fixing things that don’t necessarily apply to you, learn yourself, and then you work on those specific issues.

BHM: Why is mental health vital for relationships later in life?

Shaneeka McCray: Your mental health is going to be number one with dating later in life. So, later in life, we have experienced a lot. Sometimes, there are small traumatic events or one big traumatic event, and the issues I’ve seen are people just not feeling love and not feeling worthy, which affects the relationship.

Returning to that personal relationship, you must already be full of love by yourself, without a partner.

When you can do that for yourself, love pours out of you. It must pour out of you so much that you can give and receive from another person. So, taking care of your side of the street will contribute to having a healthy relationship with another person.

BHM: How can people practice self-love in preparation for a healthy relationship?

Shaneeka McCray: Community. So, whether it’s a mental health professional, a therapist, or a coach. I think not all are created equal, so again, learning yourself knowing that

“Hey, I need more of a spiritual coach to help me through this process,” or “Maybe I need trauma healing. Identifying the help you need for your particular issue can be challenging, and sometimes, you will have to move around a bit.

Even in moving around, you find that “Hey, maybe I’ve gotten to a certain point with this particular mental health provider, and now I need something for the next chapter of my healing.” It’s going to be an ongoing process but based on what I’ve seen, it does get better, it does get easier.

A lot of what happens is that people don’t want to see themselves, and they don’t want to heal themselves. However, you can manifest a relationship and have the same results you had before getting the assistance.

So, yes, mental health providers are the ones that work best for you and where you are in your life journey. That said, ensure you have a community outside of these therapists.

BHM: How do you help clients embrace new dating experiences after reaching self-love?

Shaneeka McCray: I see some women in their 50s, and they’re very confident. I just had a client, a lobbyist, and we actually did online dating with her, and as soon as we got her on there, she connected with someone, sparked a full-blown relationship, and he’s younger than her, by the way. Flying her out to him and asking for a committed relationship. Many people, once they hit their 50s, are either battered or empowered. So, the battered energy is like, “I’ve been beaten up, and I don’t even think that this love thing can work,” and then you have the other sisters who are like, “I know who I am, but there’s just a little piece of me that’s off, and this is why I’m coming to you so that you can help me put it together.”

When you speak to women like their queens, which we should be doing with our young daughters anyway so that when they hit 50, they know exactly who they are, the biggest thing will be that internal confidence in how you talk to yourself.

For me to show you how powerful, magnetic, and amazing you are, sometimes I’ve got to talk to you a little bit differently. I’ve gotta tell you who you are! So, when you remind women in their 50s of who they are, that unleashes a whole new level of confidence, and we diminish the fear of hitting a certain age and not being able to find what you want. When women are in their 40s and 50s, we are the most confident. We know how to make money at this point; we’ve seen a lot of things, we have wisdom, and certain things are just not going to go over our heads. We are at the safest place to call in a partner if you can let go of whatever aspects of battering you have. If you can let that go, 50 is a prime time to call in your partner.

Debunking Myths

We also asked Shaneeka to debunk some common myths about dating later in life. She mentioned that she doesn’t like the notion that women have no options after 50. This myth perpetuates unnecessary fear and doubt. The reality is that there are plenty of opportunities for meaningful connections and fulfilling relationships at any age. The key is to approach dating with an open heart and mind and be willing to explore new experiences.

Is Tech Worth It? Yes

Shaneeka also supports the idea of singles 50 and older using technology to date. She helps her clients understand digital dating dynamics and believes meeting potential partners is an excellent opportunity. Embracing technology can open doors to a broader pool of connections, making finding someone who matches their interests and values easier.

Finding love after 50 is not about reminiscing about your youth; it’s about being present for the version of yourself that you are today. It’s about celebrating who you are now and opening yourself up to new possibilities.

The post Pop the Balloon: Dating After 50 appeared first on Black Health Matters.

“Repeated periods of weight loss and regain form a pattern known as weight cycling,” according to the International Journal of Exercise Science. This sharp pivoting between drastic calorie reduction in inconsistent cycles can include fasting, juice cleanses, rigid diet restrictions, and other forms of rapid and severe attempts to reduce body weight. These might seem useful when the scale heads in the desired direction for a short while, but ultimately, they can have long-term negative effects on weight loss goals. Yo-yo dieting can result in short-term weight loss, which leads to improved liver health and insulin tolerance but also a greater rate of weight gain.

Studies have consistently shown that weight change is likely to increase body fat and is associated with unfavorable metabolic and psychosocial attributes.

In addition, bodies that have experienced various bouts of weight cycling resist further weight loss and favor the recovery of lost weight goals.

Here are four ways that weight cycling could be getting in the way of your long-term weight loss:

Yo-Yo Dieting Can Harm Your Heart Health

Maintaining a healthy heart is crucial for improving one’s overall wellness. That could be threatened by yo-yo dieting. According to a 2024 study from the Journal of the American Medical Association, “Human studies have linked weight change to vascular function deterioration and elevated BP via visceral fat accumulation.”

This doesn’t mean that you should stop all attempts to lose weight, but it does mean that you should try to do it in a healthy and sustainable way, or you’ll regret it later.

Yo-Yo Dieting Can Increase Your Risks of Gallstones

Your gallbladder is an organ located beneath the liver. It can be obstructed by gallstones when a rush to drop the pounds leads to unsafe choices. The National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases reports that “losing weight very quickly may raise your chances of forming gallstones” because rapid weight loss could “prevent the gallbladder from emptying properly.”

Yo-Yo Dieting Can Increase Your Risk of Kidney Disease and Cancer

Portions of your metabolic health can be thrown off by yo-yo dieting. This is particularly risky for those with the chronic metabolic disease diabetes. “Body-weight cycling is significantly associated with an increased risk of kidney events in people with type 1 diabetes, regardless of body mass index and traditional risk factors,” according to The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism. Talk to your healthcare professional about preexisting conditions before implementing a strict routine that might work against you.

Weight cycling can raise your risk for kidney cancer as well. A 2021 report in Cancer Causes & Control said, “Frequent substantial weight cycling was associated with increased risk of kidney cancer, independent of BMI.”

Yo-Yo- Dieting Can Prevent You from Gaining Muscle

Muscle loss, clinically referred to as sarcopenia, occurs in people who participate in yo-yo dieting. A 2019 study in the Journal of Obesity said that “the risk of developing sarcopenia was nearly six times higher in participants with severe weight cycling compared with participants without weight cycling.”

Constantly yo-yo dieting can prevent you from developing the muscle mass needed to chase your fitness goals. Honor your body by choosing the path that leads to consistent change.

Additional Research:

Nutrients

The Journal of Obesity Reviews

The Journal of The American Medical Association

The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism

The post Yo-Yo Dieting Can Make You Gain Weight appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Obesity and cardiovascular disease (CVD) are often treated as separate conditions, yet they are deeply interconnected.

People living with obesity are more likely to develop heart disease, even if they don’t currently have high blood pressure or other common risk factors. Understanding this connection can help shift the focus toward early weight management to protect our heart health for years to come.

How Obesity Drives Heart Disease Risk

Carrying excess weight, particularly around the abdomen, places added strain on the heart. Obesity can trigger inflammation, disrupt blood vessel function, and raise cholesterol levels. Over time, these effects contribute to conditions such as high blood pressure, type 2 diabetes, and high cholesterol.

These issues create a dangerous cycle as each condition further increases the risk of the others, ultimately increasing the likelihood of a heart attack, stroke, or other heart event.

Why Early Weight Management Is Crucial

Addressing obesity early can help break this cycle. Studies have shown that losing as little as 5% of body weight can lead to significant improvements in blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and blood sugar control. These changes not only reduce immediate risk but also help protect the heart long-term.

Waiting until heart disease symptoms appear can make treatment more complex. By prioritizing healthy weight management sooner, we can take proactive steps to reduce the risk of developing heart-related conditions.

Breaking Barriers to Sustainable Weight Loss

For many of us, embarking on a weight loss journey can feel overwhelming, especially if weight has been a lifelong struggle.

To achieve lasting change, we must approach weight management with compassion towards ourselves and find support.

Taking small, realistic steps often produces better long-term results rather than extreme diets or strict workout plans.

We don’t have to do it alone. One simple step towards lasting change is partnering with our healthcare providers. This is a crucial first step. They can assess our current health, discuss goals, and recommend strategies aligning with our lifestyles.

By partnering with a trusted healthcare professional, we can gain the support and guidance needed to make sustainable changes to protect our heart health.

The Power of Knowing Our Risks

If we have a family history of heart disease, taking steps to manage our weight may help us avoid repeating that pattern.

Regular check-ups, blood pressure and blood sugar monitoring, and cholesterol screening can provide valuable insights into our heart health status.

For those struggling with obesity, consulting with healthcare providers about tailored weight management strategies can offer new pathways to improved well-being.

References

• Obesity and Cardiovascular Health
• Obesity Action Coalition. Obesity and Heart Disease
• AHA. Obesity and Cardiovascular Disease: A Scientific Statement from the American Heart Association

The post Obesity and Heart Health: Why Early Weight Management Matters appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Let’s Start With the Basics

BHM: What are clarifying shampoos, and how do their benefits and uses differ from moisturizing shampoos?

Johnny Wright: I swear by clarifying shampoos. I think they’re great, particularly for people who wear their hair natural, because people don’t like the word strips, but it cleanses thoroughly with any build-up that is on the hair.

As a natural, you’re putting a lot of products on your hair. Sometimes, that product can overlap if you wear a wash ‘n go [or a style you are touching between shampoos].

So, to get optimal results with your curls, when you do style, you want to cleanse it thoroughly and strip away all the build-up on your hair. That’s what is so great about clarifying shampoos. It just prepares a great base and foundation for styling and for your curls to be their best.

BHM: What are moisturizing shampoos, and how do their benefits and uses differ from clarifying shampoos?

Johnny Wright: While the clarifying shampoo takes away, the moisturizing shampoo will replenish the hair with a fresh layer of moisture. A lot of times, people don’t like that squeaky-clean feeling, but that is kind of what you want to look for.

The squeaky-clean feeling will be then softened with the moisturizing shampoo. That will be your first layer of moisture when it’s time for your curls to be defined. Anybody knows that when it comes down to curly hair, you have to have moisture because in those bends and turns, in the curls, the sebaceous glands cannot produce oil that goes down the complete length of the strand.

Always start with a clarifying shampoo and follow up with a moisturizing shampoo.
You want to replenish that moisture because your natural oils can’t get down the shaft.

Look For These Key Ingredients

BHM: What key ingredients should we look for in moisturizing and clarifying shampoos to ensure the best results for different hair textures and porosity levels?

Keka Heron: Top clarifying ingredients for all hair types include surfactants, soap-like ingredients that remove dirt and residue, and citrus, which is great for gently removing dirt. For moisturizing shampoos, look for glycerin, oils, and water that nourish and moisturize hair. Shea butter, Argan oil, and Jojoba oil for porous hair are excellent for keeping your hair hydrated and sealed. Ingredients that hydrate and strengthen, such as B5, Aloe, proteins, argan oil, jojoba oil, and shea butter, should also be considered. Choosing a shampoo with the right ingredients gives your hair the nutrients it needs to sustain moisture and maintain a healthy scalp.

Scalp Issues: Natural Hair

BHM: What common scalp issues for those with natural hair, and how can they be addressed?

Johnny Wright: I think one of the common scalp issues you can see is flakiness and psoriasis of the scalp. That pretty much is what causes dandruff. Those are the main things, itchiness and things like that.You combat that with moisture.

When your scalp is really itchy and flaky, you know it is not getting the proper moisture.Often, people forget about the scalp and focus on the strands.

But the scalp is the foundation; it’s where your hair comes from, so you must also keep that healthy.

Relaxed and Color-treated Hair

BHM: What is your top hair care tip for maintaining healthy, relaxed hair?

Johnny Wright: So, in a relaxer is the chemical sodium hydroxide, which shifts the bonds in the hair strands so they can go straight. In that process, you lose a lot of moisture in your hair. What you want to do is replenish that moisture.

I love masks, period, but I love masks for relaxed hair because you need that intense moisture.

Masks are highly concentrated and do the job quickly, leaving hair nice and moisturized.

BHM: What should individuals with color-treated natural hair consider doing on wash days?

Johnny Wright: In removing your natural pigment and replacing it with a new hair color, your hair loses a lot of moisture.

So, you want to make sure you do steam treatments. Steam treatments are great for natural, relaxed, or color-treated hair.

If you want to keep your color vibrant, if you have a nice bright color, steam treatments will do the job all the time because you’re going to get that intensive moisturization with your mask and also with the steam, and it’s going to help you fight against humidity as well.

Assessing and Adjusting Your Routine

BHM: What signs indicate a shampoo is not working well for the hair?

Keka Heron: If the hair feels tacky or greasy, too dry and brittle, or still has an odor after shampooing, or if scalp issues persist without improvement in four weeks, the shampoo isn’t working.

BHM: How should hair care routines be adjusted for different seasons?

Keka Heron: In the winter, hair and scalp are usually drier, so use more hydrating and moisturizing products. Include scalp, hot oil, and steam treatments in your routine. In the summer, hair and scalp remain moist due to humidity, so use moisturizing products that help control frizz, possibly with added silicone, depending on the hair type.

Our Top Picks for Shampoos

Johnny and Keka have shown us why it’s important to cleanse your scalp with care. Let’s dive into their favorite shampoo recommendations to elevate your hair game.

Clarifying Shampoo Picks

OURX Detox Cleanse Complex contains AHA + BHA to remove dead skin from the scalp and hair gently. This cleanser leaves your hair and scalp refreshed and balanced. $29.00

Pattern Beauty Cleansing Shampoo:  Enriched with Aloe Vera and Matcha Green Tea, this cleanser gently removes buildup while maintaining your hair’s natural oils. Price: $21.00

Cécred Clarifying Shampoo & Scalp Scrub is formulated with Tea Tree Oil to remove product buildup and residue and niacinamide to improve the scalp visibly; this dual-purpose formula provides a deep clean without over-stripping. Price: $38.00

Design Essentials Oat Protein and Henna Deep Cleansing Shampoo infused with Hydrolyzed Oat Protein to condition and Henna to add natural shine while the product removes product buildup and impurities. Price: $12.00

The Doux Breakdown Clarifying Shampoo features Chamomile and Rosemary to deeply cleanse and remove buildup, leaving your hair and scalp refreshed and balanced.  Price: $15.99

African Pride Feel It Formula Strengthening Shampoo is infused with Peppermint, Rosemary, and Sage Oil, this enriching formula fortifies hair while providing a refreshing cleanse (also a great choice for relaxed hair).  Price: $6.99

Top Moisturizing  Picks

OURXNutrient Cleanse Complex is infused with Squalane to moisturize and lock in hydration, and Polyquaternium-7 promotes hydration and slip and will leave your hair feeling refreshed and revitalized. Price $29.00

Pattern Beauty Hydration Shampoo: Formulated with Honey and Aloe Vera Leaf Juice, it provides intense nourishment and hydration, leaving your hair soft, manageable, and beautifully defined. Price: $21.00

Cécred Hydrating Shampoo is infused with hyaluronic acid for intense moisture and is an African oil blend that promotes hair health. It will leave your hair feeling soft, manageable, and strong. Price: $31.00

 

Design Essentials Almond Avocado Shampoo is enriched with Sweet Almond Oil and Avocado Extract and gently cleanses while providing intense hydration and nourishment.  Price: $12.99

Briogeo Don’t Despair Super Moisture Shampoo: A nourishing formula, enriched with B vitamins and Rosehip + Sweet Almond Oils, delivers intense hydration and fortifies your hair from root to tip. Price $39.00

De’Anasa Haircare Hydralux Hydrating Shampoo is crafted with nourishing ingredients, including Jojoba and Vitamin B, to help maintain moisture balance and leave your hair soft, manageable, and conditioned. Price $18.00

 

Top Treatment Pick

OURX Intensive Conditioning Compound has Hydrolyzed Rice Protein to strengthen and improve hair elasticity, this conditioner leaves your hair feeling soft, smooth, and revitalized. Price $37.00

 

 

 

 

 

The post Clarifying vs Moisturizing Shampoos appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Obesity is not just an individual issue; it also impacts communities. For Black communities specifically, where obesity rates are disproportionately high, this day is a chance to raise awareness, break stigmas, and explore real solutions.

Obesity increases the risk of other chronic conditions like diabetes, high blood pressure, and heart disease, but with the right resources, support, and access to care, change is possible.

This World Obesity Day, let’s focus on increasing awareness, breaking the stigma, and empowering healthier futures for ourselves and our communities.

The post Why World Obesity Day Matters appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Individuality in Marriage

In today’s fast-paced world, more couples recognize the value of having separate hobbies and interests. Engaging in separate hobbies allows partners to explore their interests, develop new skills, and expand their horizons.

This personal growth can lead to a more fulfilled and confident partner, enriching the relationship as a whole. It’s vital to know that strengthening yourself can still have an underlying intent toward improving your relationship.

When you work on your own passions and hobbies, you inherently welcome new perspectives and add more depth to your relationship. Maintaining individual hobbies also promotes independence and autonomy, preventing feelings of suffocation or dependence on one another. By taking the time to pursue separate interests, couples can strike a healthy balance between togetherness and independence, ensuring that neither partner feels neglected or overwhelmed. This balance fosters a stronger bond and a more resilient relationship.

Balancing Personal Growth and Partnership

The world of marriage is getting a fresh makeover, with a growing focus on personal fulfillment and individuality. Many Black Americans are eager to tie the knot, reflecting a strong love for love itself!

Antonius Skipper from Georgia State University, along with Brigham Young University’s (BYU) Loren Marks and David Dollahite, published “Black Marriages Matter: Wisdom and Advice from Happily Married Black Couples.” The study celebrates the strength and joy found in healthy Black marriages.

Marks reflects, “We hope our efforts and the remarkable families we interviewed will influence research and broader culture by providing something beautiful to consider: long-term, loving marriages. What a refreshing contrast to take a deep look at unity, harmony, and love in lasting marriages.”

The gap between the 80% of Black Americans who want to marry and the roughly 30% who do, as reported by the U.S. Census, highlights the need for strength-focused research. In-depth interviews with 35 couples revealed powerful insights, showcasing the joy and fulfillment found in Black marriages.

Healthy marriages are built on mutual support and commitment, highlighting the deep connection and growth between partners. Long-distance lovebirds prove that love can conquer all distances. In healthy relationships, partners shine on their own, following their passions and interests, which contributes to them becoming more attentive and compassionate to their partners.

By nurturing themselves, they bring fulfillment and confidence into their relationships, making the bond even stronger. This approach to marriage demonstrates that nurturing personal passions and supporting each other’s growth can enhance love, making it stronger and more exciting.

Self-Differentiation in Marriage

In the complex dance of marriage, defining oneself can often feel like trying to hold onto your identity in a rapidly flowing river. Achieving a higher level of self-differentiation, distinguishing one’s thoughts, feelings, and behaviors from others within the family system, can significantly reduce anxiety and promote emotional stability. According to Psychology Today, a well-differentiated individual understands their interdependence with others but maintains clarity, especially in conflict situations. This emotional equilibrium allows for thoughtful decision-making and a healthier balance within relationships.

Creating a Well-Differentiated Self in Marriage

Becoming well-differentiated in a marriage means finding a healthy balance between individuality and connection with your partner. As reported by Psychology Today, here are some tips on creating differentiation in a marriage:

Keep a Self-Reflection Journal:

Spend a few minutes each day writing down your thoughts, feelings, and reactions to various situations in your relationship. This habit will help you understand your emotional triggers and manage them without losing your sense of self or relying too much on your partner for validation.

Define Your Values and Beliefs:

Take some time to clearly outline what matters most to you. Knowing your core values and beliefs will guide you in making true decisions about who you are and help you navigate your marriage with integrity.

Practice Assertive Communication:

Develop the skill of expressing your needs, desires, and feelings openly and respectfully. Assertive communication helps maintain your individuality while respecting and helping your partner’s perspective, fostering healthy dialogue and mutual understanding.

Create External Support Systems:

Build and nurture relationships outside of your marriage, whether with friends, family, or communities, based on your interests. These support systems provide additional perspectives and emotional support, enriching your identity within the marriage.

Embrace Change Together:

Recognize that both you and your relationship will evolve. Embrace these changes together, supporting each other’s growth and adapting as needed while staying true to yourselves.

By keeping these things in mind, you can maintain a relationship that values you as an individual as well as who you are with your partner. The goal is not to distance yourself from your partner but to create a relationship where both individuals can thrive independently, making the union even stronger.

Your individuality is what makes you special and unique, and it’s likely what drew your partner or future partner to you in the first place. Embracing your own space and hobbies adds more layers to your identity and can enrich your relationship.

Distance isn’t just about physical miles; it also means social, emotional, and professional space. But don’t worry; taking time to nurture yourself is good. This journey of cultivating your personal essence isn’t about isolation. In fact, communication with your partner remains essential, providing a platform for mutual support. When both partners do this, it creates a stronger and more lasting bond. Think of it as adding flavors to your favorite dish. Each ingredient brings something special to the table, making the whole experience even better.

The post What’s the Secret to a Long Distance Love? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

How Four Online Brands Measure Up

Bra shopping, in general, can be overwhelming; shopping for bras online can pose an even more significant challenge. Without the ability to try styles on, we are forced to rely heavily on brand marketing and customer reviews. We still wanted to explore a few of these online bra brands to see how they measure up based on key factors like support, suitability for workouts, style, and overall comfort.

Shapedly focuses on shaping and smoothing, the most popular way to highlight seamless styles. Customers appreciate the comfort level and no-show appearance under clothing, but high-impact support and cuteness are not their primary focus.

Yitty: Founded by Lizzo, the brand focuses on comfort, size inclusivity, and body positivity. Like Shapedly, Yitty emphasizes smoothing and shaping but does not offer the high-level support needed for intense workouts or high-impact activities. Thanks to its unique designs in various fun colors, Yitty’s cuteness level ranks pretty high.

FeelinGirl: One of the newest viral sensations, this brand is often associated with offering various styles and colors at incredibly affordable prices. Overall, cuteness ranks high with FeelinGirl, but some of their styles are less likely to provide long-term support. Also, comfort levels may vary depending on body type and lifestyle.

Delimira: Fans of Delimira appreciate their style offerings in a range of sizes (including larger cup sizes) at reasonable prices. As a bonus, Delimira offers different levels of comfort and support, some suitable for light workouts. The brand offers a selection of trendy bra options, but overall, its focus is affordability and functionality over fashion.

The Bottom Line

Style Factor

Hands down: Yitty and FeelinGirl

Workout Friendly

None of these is ideal for high-intensity workouts, but some Delimira and Shapedly styles could be options for lighter activities.

Comfort

Shapedly for the win! Overall Support: Shapedly & Delimira (depending on style) generally reviews higher

Without knowing personal preferences and individual body types, these ratings provide a general overview and assessment based on brand focus and online reviews. Determining what works best for you and your lifestyle is the best way to determine what bra brands and styles will offer your desired support.

One Size Doesn’t Support All

It all starts with the right fit – but it can be easy to get lost in a sea of confusion when shopping for a well-fitting bra. Many women find the process of bra sizing to be confusing, often misinterpreting the relationship between band and cup size. Introduce the growing trend of S, M, and L sizing, which, albeit convenient, usually features bra styles that fail to provide proper support, especially for diverse body types. The generic sizing charts pose challenges for women with fuller chests, who often struggle to find comfortable and supportive bras.

Why The Right Size Matters

Wearing the wrong bra size is not only uncomfortable, but it can also result in a range of health issues. Studies have shown an ill-fitting bra that doesn’t offer adequate support can lead to breast skin damage—often visible to us as stretch marks.

Bras that don’t offer proper support have also been associated with breast pain, neck, shoulder, and back pain, headaches, and bad posture, to name a few.

Board-certified plastic and Reconstructive Surgeon Dr. James D. Namnoum shared studies showing that “80% of women wear the incorrect bra size, with 70% of women wearing bras that are too small and 10% wearing bras that are too big.”

These alarming statistics may not be surprising, as finding the right bra size can be challenging. However, the long-term consequences override the short-term process of identifying the best fit, brand, and style that works for your lifestyle.

Of the long-term consequences of wearing an ill-fitting bra, at the top of Dr. Namnoum’s list is Breast, Shoulder, & Back Pain. “One of the first things you may notice from wearing the wrong size bra is breast pain. Complaints are more typical of people with larger breast cup sizes, who exercise infrequently, or who are premenopausal.” Dr. Namnoum adds that “if your bra is too small, it can dig into your breasts. If it is too big, your breasts may have too much room and can become prone to bouncing around, contributing to tenderness [and potential sagging].”

Relating to shoulder, neck, and back pain, the Atlanta-based surgeon notes that while these types of pain are not solely linked to ill-fitting bras, improper breast support can only exacerbate these conditions. Bras designed with larger straps are recommended to disperse weight and offer full support, but, in some cases, straps themselves can cause unnecessary pain. (Think of deep grooves in your shoulders from strap pressure). If cases like these ensure or lead to more serious nerve pain, it is essential to discuss them with your healthcare professional.

Another painful result of wearing the wrong bra is ill-fitting bras that are too tight, which can lead to rib cage pain. These symptoms are typically seen in underwire bras, but wire-free styles can pose the same issues if you’re not wearing the proper band size.

Retailers and Designers alike have accepted that the bra-fitting process can be challenging for women and are doing their part to support consumers in their efforts to avoid these long-term health consequences.

Dillards partnered with the National Breast Cancer Foundation to produce The Bra Fit Guide, which aims to raise awareness about proper breast health and help women look and feel their best. The comprehensive guide explains how to measure your cup and band size correctly and features a range of styles to help you choose the right size and bra for your lifestyle and clothing preferences.

The best way to ensure you are wearing the right size bra is to have it fitted by a professional bra specialist. But if you’re in a time crunch, the Bra Fit Guide explains how to self-measure when schedules don’t allow an in-person fitting.

Finding the Right Bra: Expert Advice

Finding the right bra and fit for your lifestyle can be overwhelming and confusing, but it doesn’t have to be.

Bra Specialists Helene Delince and Stephanie Vincent are Sisters and Co-Owners of The Fitting Curve, a Bra Fitting and lingerie Boutique in Long Island, New York.

Stephanie stresses the importance of a professional bra fitting because “every woman’s body is different.” She adds, “Different women can wear the same bra size but have different breast shapes, density, comfort levels, lifestyles, etc., which is why a bra fitting with an expert is key.”

Helene also shares how a Professional Bra Specialist can educate the consumer on different bra manufacturers and how sizing, fabric, cups, and bands vary between different brands. “It is important to try everything on; with different brands, you may fall under different sizes, and you need to try different sizes to identify the best fit. You can’t do that when shopping online.” Furthermore, different styles in the same size and brand can also fit differently, reiterating the importance of trying styles in real time.

Beyond the measurements. Lifestyle is key. A professional bra fitting can offer a personalized and holistic approach to finding the right size bra. “A woman can come in for a fitting and has been wearing the wrong size for years, mainly due to mass market chain availability – but once she shares details about her lifestyle, it easy to recommend a more supportive style or sports bra type over a t-shirt bra if she has more of an active lifestyle,” Stephanie added. Lastly, Helene recommends visiting a Professional Bra Specialist for a fitting annually, on average, to update your bra collection or more frequently if lifestyle habits have changed or weight has fluctuated.

Even for those who are more comfortable and prefer generic sizing (SML), it is still ideal to get fitted by a bra fitter to identify the proper band size. Overall, SML sizing can be tricky. After all, it is challenging to find bras that offer the perfect cup and band fit.

Taking full control of your breast health begins with prioritizing a proper bra fit and construction. Always get a professional bra fitting with a specialist who will help you make informed decisions about your overall bra lifestyle experience.

‘IG bras’ easily catch our attention, but their focus on viral fashion trends can reveal how much they compromise functionality. They may leave women with larger busts feeling unsupported and, in some instances, experiencing discomfort or even pain. This lack of support can have long-term consequences, reiterating the importance of proper bra construction and sizing over social media sensations.

The post Do Viral Bras Offer Us The Support We Need? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The holidays are right around the corner, but there’s still time to find the perfect gifts for those who open their homes up to us all season long.

1. Sheila Bridges x Williams Sonoma Harlem Toile Coasters, Set of 4 – $50 Shop Now

For the Urban Cool Hostess.

A set of modern coasters is a must-have for the one who appreciates great style and practicality. Bordered in polished brass, the handcrafted Harlem Toile Coasters feature a Harlem-inspired toile de Jouy by designer Sheila Bridges. Give the gift they will appreciate by protecting their furniture and surfaces while adding a touch of urban flair.

2. Peace + Riot Resin Box w/ Flower and Botanical Design – $64 Shop Now

For the Chic Organizer.

Add a touch of modern sophistication to their space with the Resin Box w/ Flower and Botanical Design by Peace + Riot. This small resin box is charming and useful, perfect for storing jewelry, trinkets, or other small items they wish to keep tucked away in style.

3. Cecilia’s House “It’s a Beautiful Day” Metallic Note Cards (Set of 3) – $5 Shop Now

For the Stationary Style Sister.

Show your love and appreciation for the beautiful black women in your life. The “It’s a Beautiful Day” Metallic Note Cards are a practical and thoughtful gift that is just the right size for a stocking stuffer. This set of note cards is an uplifting, useful gift that will not only brighten her day but can be shared throughout the holiday season and beyond.

4. Black Pepper Paperie Co. Dolores Woven Blanket $120 Shop Now

For the Cozy Curator.

Give the gift of cozy warmth they will love season after season. The Dolores Woven Blanket by Black Pepper Paperie Co. is a soft woven blanket with colorful fringed trim that will make a statement in any home space. Its versatile design can be used as a throw for your sofa or a wall decoration.

5. Estelle Colored Glass Estelle Wine Single Stemware Glass – $43 Shop Now

For the Toastmaster

Add a touch of vintage charm to their celebrations with the uniquely colored Estelle Wine Single Stemware Glass. Each hand-blown colored glass is a statement piece; build them a matching set or mix and match colors for a personalized gift that reflects their individual style.

6. Cuisinart EvolutionX Cordless 4-in-1 Wine Opener – $70 Shop Now

For the Wine Enthusiast.

Help them say goodbye to broken corks and struggling with traditional corkscrews by treating them to the EvolutionX Cordless 4-in-1 Wine Opener by Cuisinart. This cordless 4-in-1 wine opener makes opening wine bottles quick and easy, making it the perfect gift to maximize their wine enjoyment experience.

7. Tizo Handblown Glass Knot – $58 Shop Now

For the Abstract Art Lover, the Perfect choice for the one who appreciates unique and handcrafted pieces, the Tizo Handblown Glass Knot is truly a work of art. This artisanal design is a thoughtful gift that will add a touch of modern elegance to any home space.

8. Aromatherapy Associates Essential Oil Blends Collection – $86 Shop Now

For the One Who Appreciates a Scent Sanctuary, Reset and rejuvenate their home with the Essential Oil Blends Collection by Aromatherapy Associates. Packaged in a luxe gift box, this essential oil trio collection features the Revive, De-Stress, and Deep Relax Pure Essential Oil Blends, perfect for transforming their space in the morning, at noon, and at night.

Editor’s Note: You should also check out How to Have a Memorable Friendsgiving (the tips could apply to any gathering with your friends).

The post Top Gift Picks For The Home and Hostess appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Here are five ideas you can try:

1. Glow, Girl. Glow (Focus on Your Skin).

For skin that can compete with the bright holiday lights and otherworldly candlelight, you will need a great base and a few fabulous helpers for a luminous finish. After applying your moisturizer, reach for a hydrating primer. Follow with foundation. Amplify the skin’s radiance, Traylor explains, by going in with a glowing highlighter on the top of your cheekbones, brow bones, and the tip of your nose. Dot on and blend with your fingers or highlighter brush for natural light from within glow. Gala-worthy shindig? Traylor loves the use of bronzers for warm, soft sculptures. Apply along the hairline, the nose, and the jawline, and blend well. Whether you prefer bold and dramatic or soft and glowy, holiday makeup is all about expressing your unique style while celebrating the season.

Best Buys:

Keys Soulcare Let Me Glow Illuminating Serum in Bronze Aura is $26. It contains niacinamide, which brightens and smooths skin.

Charlotte Tilbury Beauty Light Wand in Goldgasm, $42. Brightening pigments provide a translucent finish.

LYS Beauty No Limits Cream Bronzer Stick, $20. It adds dimension and warmth to the face as a light contour.

2. Let Sparkling Eyes Take Center Stage.

Play eyes up in metallic shadow, says Sheriff, who has created red carpet looks for Taraji P. Henson and Zendaya.To make the look, start with an eyeshadow primer (we like Fenty Beauty Pro Filt’r Amplifying,$22, to ensure your look lasts all night. Apply a bold metallic shade on the lids using a damp brush to enhance the color’s vibrancy. Or blend shadow out with your finger for a wash of shimmer.  Define your eyes with eyeliner and finish with mascara for flirty lashes. Keep the rest of your makeup subtle—think neutral cheeks and lips—to let your eyes truly steal the show.

Best Buys:

Grande Mascara Conditioning Peptide Mascara in Rich Black, $25. The ophthalmologist tested and infused with protein to nourish lashes and provide volume and length.

Maybelline Tattoo Studio Sharpenable Gel Pencil Longwear Eyeliner in Stardust Chrome or Deep Chrome, $9. Work the white (Stardust) liner in the waterline to build on an icy glam eye, or go classic black (Deep) winged cat eye!

Ashunta Sheriff Beauty Unicorn Multi Chrome Glitter Shadow Palette, $40. It features brilliant, multi-dimensional color, is long-wearing, and is muss-free.

Ardell Seamless Underlash Extensions, $20. Lengthen and volumize lashes with wispies for drama.

3. Opt For Naughty and Nice Neutrals For a Festive Finish.

Natural hues imbued with shimmer for the lips and toasty colors for the cheeks serve effortless beauty. Traylor notes that Lip Oils are having a moment, but he cautions that they should always be used with a lip pencil. Lining the lips will help define your lip shape and guard the shimmery oil from migrating into the corners.

Best Buys:

E.L.F. Glow Reviver Lip OI in Chocluxe, $8. Rich brown glimmer lip oil is enhanced with a pop of pink pearl for sparkle and shine.

Wyn Beauty by Serena Williams Acceptance Speech Shimmering Hydrating Lip Gloss in Trophy, $20. A clear gloss with gold shimmer works by itself or over lipstick for a high-impact shine.

MAC Ximal Sleek Satin Lipstick in Creme in Your Coffee, $19. Full coverage and pigment-rich.

NYX Professional Makeup Line Loud Vegan Longwear Lip Liner #17 Rebel Kind, $8. This pencil has a creamy formula, glides on smoothly, and is fade-resistant.

Nars Powder Blush in Dolce Vita, $32. A whisper-soft dusty rose shade warms the cheeks, and blurs imperfections.

4. Let Mistletoe-Ready Reds Rule.

Do you only have seconds to spare before the work shindig or the holiday Zoom send-off? Go for a red lip to brighten your look. Sheriff suggests exfoliating lips and applying a hydrating balm to achieve a long-lasting, perfect rouge pout. Use a lip brush for precision, outlining your lips and filling them in with the matte crème for an ultra-polished finish. Add a dab of gloss in the center if you want a touch of shine.

Best Buys:

Ashunta Sheriff Beauty Vegan Multi-Use Matte Crème in Drama, $20. A vibrant red with orange undertones.

The Lip Bar Non-Stop Liquid Matte Lipstick in Rich Auntie, $ 15. A deep berry. It goes on like a gloss and dries to a velvety finish.

Tom Ford Beauty Runway Lip Color in 16 Scarlet Rouge, $62, is a true red infused with a hydrating complex.

5. Ring in the New Year With Brights.

Hey! What fun is the holiday if you don’t treat yourself? Gift yourself or your girls with sets that provide all you need for a festive finish.

Best Buys:

The Black Radiance Brilliant Effects Blazin Bright Bundle, $10, contains the Brilliant Effects eye shadow palette, which includes 12 shimmery shadows, along with two drop-dead red lipsticks: Perfect Tone Reggae Red and Eldorado Red. It also plays an important role in your holiday makeup.

Danessa Myricks Beauty Lightwork Volume VI Freedom Palette, $120 A makeup maven’s dream! Shimmering pigments to use on the eyes, face, and lips.

Iconic London Multi-Use Cream Blush, Bronze & Highlight Palette, $49. Six blendable shades to help you create dimension and radiance for full-on glamour.

The post Instant Holiday Glam : 5 Easy Upgrades From Makeup Pros appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Monica and Dana shared that their journey began 16 years ago, and they officially founded RedDrop in 2019. Let’s hear from two-thirds of the dynamic trio about their incredible journey and the wisdom fueling RedDrop’s success.

BHM: Could you give us an overview of RedDrop and its mission? We’d love to hear about what your company does and how your passion for this venture began.

Monica: RedDrop exists to own the period care space for elementary, middle, and high school-aged girls. That means the best products and education.

We really believe in providing access to all those forms for young girls. Education is important because, in America, only half of U.S. states require health education, and that’s a valuable resource for families.

Dana: I am a lifelong educator, and about 16 years ago, in my fifth-grade girls’ class, girls were starting their periods with me. I started correlating, like, “Oh my gosh, I don’t want my daughter to be unprepared.” Outside of that, I realized I was a teacher and felt it was my ethical and moral responsibility to care for them. My godsister Monica had a business, and I said, “Hey, I’ve got an idea.”

Fast forward, RedDrop is here, and everything we do in our business is intentional about providing tweens and teenagers, elementary, middle, and high schoolers, with the best possible period experience, from their first to their next period.

BHM: How has RedDrop been received in the market so far?

Dana: We have over 100,000 orders, and we are impacting girls in schools. We’re pretty much in most states in the U.S. We impact over half a million girls in schools every single day.

We get feedback all the time through our social media platforms, saying, “I didn’t know how to have this conversation with my daughter; this just makes it easier. ” I feel like we have become validated in a sense.

Monica: Regarding market validation, we are a mid-seven-figure business that’s bootstrapped. It’s not because we forced it by paying for marketing; we do have a product that people want.

BHM: Congratulations on winning the Black Ambition Prize! What was your initial reaction when you found out you won?

Dana: It was surreal! I honestly get this question probably once or twice a week now from friends, family, and media. It’s surreal. It’s still a surreal experience. I thought I was going to pass out. I thought Monica was going to pass out. Winning this prize not only makes us feel seen and validated but also is a vote of confidence with dollars, mentorship, and resources to help us continue impacting girls worldwide.

BHM: What does winning this prize mean to you personally, and how does it align with RedDrop’s mission and strategic goals?

Dana: It makes you feel seen and validated. For RedDrop, it helps us be very proactive in our planning. It’s hard to plan when you don’t necessarily have funding to follow through on those plans. It allows you to plan with intention and gives you this runway to be a little more creative and innovative.

Monica: We have specific milestones and markers that will allow us to be more impactful and allow our business to grow exponentially. The actual cash prize allows us to do those things, but it also really provides an opportunity for us to prove that we can be the next “Always” or just insert any big brand here.

The reality is that 6000 girls a day experience their first period; no brand in this country really services girls in elementary, middle, and high school. As a brand, it’s our responsibility to do that and do it in an excellent way.

I think you show that as a business through profitability and growth, and that’s the goal.

BHM: What support, besides funding, have you received as Black Ambition Prize winners? Any mentorship or networking opportunities?

Monica: We just won 3 weeks ago. I expect many more opportunities to come. Black Ambition provides networking with past winners, offering a preview of what’s coming. Once you’re in the semifinals, you’re put into pods; our pod had five people and a mentor. That network makes the process less lonely. Dana mentioned how lonely and challenging it is, but Black Ambition connects you with others in similar situations.

As a winner, I had a call with Felicia Hatcher, CEO of Black Ambition. Her network is amazing! I expect the opportunities we can access are exponentially bigger.

I’m a third-time startup founder with some network, Dana is a lifelong educator, and Jarrod, our CFO, has corporate experience.

Our networks are deep in our field, but now we have access to a whole new realm of people. It’s super exciting. Listening to others, I think it’s going to be amazing.

BHM: What plans do you have for RedDrop? Are there any upcoming initiatives or projects you’re excited about?

Monica: I think we have an opportunity to help girls both domestically and internationally, especially through education and the right products. I’m excited about helping in Africa and various places throughout and here, not just in shelters but on college campuses and in homes where people are struggling.

I’m excited about those things, and we want to own the period care space for elementary, middle, and high school-aged girls. That’s a big statement. I think we can be impactful with active girls and plan to do that.

We can also be impactful in providing more innovative care and protection, and I’m excited about that.

As our conversation ended, RedDrop’s founders shared some valuable insights for aspiring entrepreneurs hoping to reach similar success. Dana stressed the importance of addressing meaningful issues, emphasizing, “Look at your business and the problem you’re trying to solve. Does it have a life-changing or positive impact on humanity?” She also highlighted the necessity of trusting someone with financial expertise.

Reflecting on her background, Dana noted how her experience in education adds a unique perspective: “As an educator, wanting to impact the world is one of the pillars of why RedDrop exists.”

Monica praised Dana’s problem-solving abilities, saying, “Dana often sees solutions that the rest of us miss.” Monica brings a lot of analytical depth to the team, while Jarrod’s financial planning is essential. “For us to grow to the level that we’ve grown is impossible without the level of detail to cash that we have through Jarrod,” said Monica.

RedDrop’s journey is a testament to the power of collaboration and shared vision, proving that impactful change is possible with the right team and mindset.

The post RedDrop, a Period Care Brand, Takes the Black Ambition Prize appeared first on Black Health Matters.

What is a facial moisturizer, and what is it supposed to do?

According to board-certified dermatologist Dr. Corey L. Hartman, Founder of Skin Wellness Dermatology in Birmingham, AL. “Moisturizers have a few functions, the most common being aiding in repairing and protecting the skin barrier. In addition to helping repair and protect the skin barrier, moisturizers are designed to add moisture to the skin, generally replacing moisture regularly lost (which can also be accelerated by environmental factors like dry, cool air, or sun exposure). Moisturizers are typically formulated with a mix of humectant, emollient, and occlusive ingredients. Humectants are ingredients that add hydration to the skin from its surrounding environment or deeper layers of the skin. Emollients provide moisture directly to the skin. Occlusive ingredients create a barrier on the skin to lock in moisture.” The next step is to determine your skin type. Is your skin dry? Or are you dealing with oily, combination, or sensitive skin? Once you know that, choose a moisturizer with the right ingredients and texture to suit your needs.

What ingredients should you look for?

Beyond shea and cocoa butter! No shade, they are great emollients, but to really fight ash and dry skin, look to hyaluronic acid, glycerin, squalane, and ceramides for ultimate moisture. Dr. Hartman adds that if the skin is extremely dry, it is best to layer multiple products with hydrating ingredients at each step. Start with a hydrating cleanser and then reach for a hydrating serum. Please wait 10 minutes after applying a serum for it to sink into the skin thoroughly. Apply a hydrating moisturizer and finish with sunscreen.

• Oily skin also needs moisture, so look for lightweight moisturizers with ceramide or hyaluronic acid.
• Sensitive and eczema-prone skin tends to like emollient ingredients like glycerin and hyaluronic acid, which are extremely gentle. Additionally, eczema-prone skin benefits from natural itch soothers like oatmeal and aloe vera.
• To brighten and even tone skin, choose niacinamide and Vitamin C. Niacinamide helps reduce dark spots and redness and minimizes the appearance of pores, both of which will make the skin look glowy! Dr. Alexis Stephens, a Florida-based board-certified dermatologist, loves Vitamin C, as it is a powerful antioxidant that supports collagen production for youthful-looking skin and reduces the appearance of hyperpigmentation.
• Anti-aging ingredients include retinol (also good for acne) and peptides. Both stimulate collagen growth, improving elasticity and preventing lines and wrinkles.

Our Top Picks for Facial Moisturizers

S’ABLE Labs Baobab Moisturizer, $56, is Best for Hyperpigmentation. It minimizes dark spots with powerful niacinamide, tranexamic acid, and licorice root, suppressing the extra melanin production. Baobab, an African plant, replenishes the skin’s moisture barrier with antioxidants. Need more? It was developed by our favorite celeb couple, Sabrina and Idris Elba.

Tula Skincare 24-7 Weightless Moisture Day & Night Gel Cream, $58, is Best for Oily, Acne-prone, and Combination skin. This lightweight and nongreasy gel cream glides on and infuses skin with niacinamide, which controls the appearance of excess oil and peptides to smooth the look of skin.

Olay Regenerist Micro-sculpting Cream Moisturizer, $25, Best for Anti-aging. A fave of Dr. Stephens, the multi-benefit cream is formulated with vitamin B3 and hyaluronic acid to address multiple signs of aging.

Elta MD Skincare PM Restore Moisturizer, $44, is Best for Dry, Sensitive Skin. It supports skin renewal with antioxidants and ceramides. Niacinamide helps improve tone and strengthen the moisture barrier.

The Inkey List Bio Active Ceramide Repairing and Plumping Moisturizer, $20, is Best for Dryness and Anti-Aging. This Ceramide-rich cream visibly smooths and supports the skin’s barrier. Shea butter nourishes the skin and protects the moisture barrier.

Neutrogena Collagen Bank SPF Moisturizer, $20, is Best for Anti-Aging. It plumps and hydrates skin with patented micropeptides, and its broad-spectrum SPF 30 defends it from the collagen-depleting sun.

Dr. Barbara Sturm Darker Skin Tones Face Cream, $75, is Best for Hyperpigmentation, melasma, Anti-Aging, and Oily skin. It contains hyaluronic acid, squalane, and magnolia extracts for intense hydration.

CeraVe Facial Moisturizing AM Lotion SPF 30, $19. Best for: All types. A classic, this straightforward lotion moisturizes and protects the skin barrier with ceramides while providing broad-spectrum sun protection.

Keys Soulcare Firm Belief Smoothing Peptide Cream, $40. This Lush cream, fueled by peptides, niacinamide, and snow mushroom, plumps and hydrates skin. It is best for dry, anti-aging skin.

How to select a body moisturizer

Dr. Stephens reminds us of a few things to remember when selecting a body moisturizer: As winter approaches, our skin needs extra hydration, so it’s best to reach for richer, heavier creams that lock in moisture and protect the skin barrier. When choosing between a lotion and a cream, remember that lotions are typically water-based with a higher oil concentration, making them great for warmer climates or seasons. Creams are thicker and luxurious, perfect for treating and deeply hydrating dry winter skin.

Our Top Body Moisturizers Choices:

Kiehl’s Since 1851 Ultra Body Mega Moisture Squalane Cream, $49. Best for: Sensitive Skin. Deeply nourishing and specially formulated with squalane and ceramides that hydrate skin for up to three days. Suitable for all skin types, including Eczema, rosacea, and psoriasis-prone skin.

TPH Body by Taraji P. Henson Watch Me Whip Body Cream, $12. Best for: Dry skin and hyperpigmentation. It is chock full of niacinamide for gentle fading, shea butter, and avocado oil for soothing hydration. It has a soft vanilla scent.

Oyin No Ash at All Cocoa Butter Body Lotion $12. Best

for: Dry Skin. Combat ashy skin with a comforting blend of shea butter, cocoa butter, and sunflower oil. Oat protein soothes skin.

Eucerin Eczema Relief Hydrogel, $15. It is best for Eczema. Lightweight and fast-absorbing, it delivers 24-hour hydration, and ingredients like colloidal oatmeal soothe the itch for up to 12 hours.

Aveeno Daily Moisturizing Cream, $18, is Best for Body and face, Itchy and sensitive skin, and 48-hour hydration—a unique blend of probiotic oatmeal zaps itch and discomfort.

Bevel Body Lotion,$10, is Best for Men. Shea butter, Vitamin E, and Argan Oil provide intense hydration.

Fenty Skin Butta Drop Whipped Oil Body Cream, $46, is Best for Gleaming Skin. Shea Butter teams with seven luxurious oils for deep hydration, including coconut, Kalahari melon, and jojoba. It is divinely scented.

The post Top 16 Moisturizers For Black Skin: Face & Body appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Personalization is the Way to Healthy Hair

Prose offers personalized hair care solutions backed by science and innovation. They use advanced technology to create custom-made formulas and provide valuable resources like expert advice, hair care tips, and community stories in their Blog.

Helen Nwosu, VP of Social Impact at Prose, shares, “With every purchase, we provide educational materials on the products and ingredients so the consumer knows what our team selected for their formula and why.”

How to Use Prose:

1. Online Consultation: Visit the Prose website and complete an online consultation. This questionnaire will assess your hair type, texture, goals, and concerns.

2. Personalized Recommendations: Based on your consultation, Prose will recommend a customized set of hair care products, including shampoo, conditioner, and hair oil.

3. Product Customization: You can choose from a variety of options to further personalize your products, such as fragrance preferences or additional ingredients.

4. Order and Receive: Place your order and receive personalized products shipped directly to your home.

What You Get:

• Custom-Made Formulas: Prose creates unique formulas based on your hair needs, ensuring optimal results.

• Scientifically Validated Products: Benefit from products backed by rigorous clinical research.

• High-Quality Ingredients: Enjoy premium ingredients and cutting-edge formulations.

• Personalized Experience: Receive products with your name on the label, showcasing Prose’s commitment to understanding individuality.

• Ongoing Innovation: Stay up-to-date with the latest advancements in hair care through Prose’s continuous product development.

Popular Product:

The brand recently reimagined one of its products, the Prose Custom Hair Oil, a multitasking oil used to tame flyaways, smooth frizz, and seal in moisture. Use it as a pre-wash treatment, styling primer, or finishing touch. Add Prose’s Signature fragrance—vanilla, caramel, and musk notes ($48).

Culture Drives Community

Developed for the tightest textures, OurX offers personalized hair care solutions, expert guidance, and a supportive community. Users can connect with like-minded individuals, get one-on-one coaching, and quickly find textured hair professionals.

OurX goes beyond personalized products. OurX Founder Cecil Kurzman says, “The idea is to create an end-to-end solution designed to help people reach their hair goals, deliver personalization, expert guidance, and data-informed product development for the tightest textures.Their culturally relevant content and accessible team of experts help users navigate textured hair care and make informed decisions.OurX’s Hair Reset Program, a 75-day journey to healthier hair and scalp, requires an investment of $80 every two weeks. Many users report significant improvements after completing the program.

How to Use OurX:

1. Take the Hair Assessment: Start by completing the in-depth online hair assessment to receive personalized recommendations.

2. Explore Products: Discover a range of customized hair care products tailored to your needs.

3. Connect with the Community: Join OurX’s online community to connect with like-minded individuals, share experiences, and seek advice.

4. Consult with an Expert: Schedule a one-on-one consultation with a hair care expert for personalized guidance and recommendations.

5. Access Educational Resources: Explore the Education Tab on OurX’s website and social media for valuable hair care tips, trends, and expert advice.

What You Get:

• Personalized Hair Care: Receive products tailored to your unique hair type and goals.

• Expert Guidance: Receive personalized advice from their team of experts.

• Community Support: Connect with a supportive community of individuals with textured hair.

• Educational Resources: Stay informed about hair care trends and techniques.

Popular Product:

Pre-Cleanse Micro Oil, $38: This popular product detoxifies the scalp, removes buildup, and nourishes hair with omega acids and antioxidants.

How long will it take? Once your products have been shipped, they will arrive in five to seven business days (depending on the carrier).

As a haircare expert and self-proclaimed product snob, I’m impressed by Prose and OurX’s innovative approach to addressing industry gaps with science and wellness. Prose and OurX challenge the one-size-fits-all approach by offering personalized solutions and empowering consumers with data-driven information and support.

The post How Tech Platforms Personalize Black Haircare Solutions appeared first on Black Health Matters.

1. Ensure you’re eating a healthy amount of calories

Cutting down calories plays a significant role in weight loss and maintenance. But you want to ensure you eat healthy calories daily to fuel your body and reduce your risk of developing mental and physical problems.

According to the 2020-2025 Dietary Guidelines for Americans, women should consume between 1,600 and 2,400 calories daily. Your exact calorie intake will vary depending on your weight, dieting habits, energy expenditure (e.g., physical activity), pregnancy, and hormonal status.

The National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK) Body Weight Planner can help determine your daily calorie intake.

2. Eat mindfully

A research article published in DiabetesSpectrum defines mindful eating (or conscious eating) as a practice that involves giving full attention to your food, feelings, hunger, and satiety (fullness or satisfaction). It’s all about enjoying the eating experience more mindfully and consciously.

Mindful eating benefits weight management, as research reveals this approach can reduce emotional eating.

3. Practice stress management

To cope with the many stressors life can bring, you might resort to overeating. According to the American Psychological Association (APA), many people tend to overeat food to relieve stress. To keep the weight off, Dr. Lahey recommends switching out overeating with mindfulness practices like yoga, meditation, or journaling.

4. Catch enough Zs at night

According to Dr. Lahey, you should get between 7 and 9 hours of sleep each night to regulate the hormones tied to hunger and metabolism.

The CDC provides the following tips for creating a good sleep environment:

• Maintain a consistent sleep schedule by going to bed and waking up at the same time every day.
• Block light that comes through all windows turn off hallway lights and use room-darkening shades to darken the bedroom.
• Keep your bedroom temperature tool.
•  Use a comfy mattress and pillows and replace them when they get worn.
•  Block out noise using earplugs, a fan, or a white noise machine.
•  Avoid working, watching TV, or reading in your bedroom to program your brain only to align your bedroom with feelings of relaxation and sleep.

5. Limit screen time

The World Cancer Research Fund International (WCRF) reported that greater screen time on phones, tablets, and computers is linked to a higher risk of weight gain, overweight, and obesity in adults. You can limit your screen time by setting screen-free hours, splitting up your screen time into smaller increments, turning off notifications, and engaging in offline activities such as reading, gardening, or cooking.

6. Get regular checkups with your doctor

As you continue your weight loss journey, stay up-to-date with your regular check-ups and screenings with your doctor. They can help you keep track of your weight loss progress and see how these changes affect your health.

7. Have a solid support system

Do you have someone in your corner to push you? Your partner, friend, or family member can motivate you during your weight loss journey. You can also join online or in-person support groups to connect with people on the same journey.

8. Reward yourself

Losing weight is not an easy feat. That said, it’s okay to reward yourself during the maintenance phase. Choose your treats carefully. Avoid rewards that could move the needle on the scale in the wrong direction or trigger your lack of impulse control. When in doubt, opt for nonfood-related treats. Rewarding yourself is a way to celebrate meeting your goals and motivate you to keep pushing forward.

Other Factors Impacting Your Weight Maintenance Goals

Home and Family

“Many Black women are employed and have other family responsibilities, such as childcare, providing care for other relatives, dinner preparation, and other chores, which leaves them with little or no time for meal planning and exercise,” Dr. Lahey says.

Easy Access to Affordable, Healthy Food

Socioeconomic factors can make it more difficult for Black women to get the resources needed to maintain weight loss,” Kubanych Takyrbashev, MD, PhD, Health & Wellness Advisor at NAO. “For example, many neighborhoods—especially those recognized as food deserts—lack an abundance of fresh fruits, vegetables, and other healthy staples. Convenience stores are everywhere in these areas, but they mostly offer processed foods.”

Cultural Preferences

According to a study published in Eating Behaviors, African American men preferred and were more accepting of Black women who were larger and curvier. With this in mind, some Black women may face societal pressures in their community when it comes to losing and maintaining weight loss.

“There is a pressure to meet cultural beauty standards in some cultures, which emphasize curves and fuller figures,” says Dr. Takyrbashev, “Internal conflict can arise from this contradiction, where losing weight is desired and stigmatized. The fear of judgment or ostracism for pursuing weight loss can dissuade individuals from fully committing to their health journey.”

Bottom line: With all the work you’ve put into losing weight, we’re sure the last thing you want to do is see the numbers rise on the scale. Find the maintenance methods that work for you and apply them.

This story is made possible by an educational grant from Novo Nordisk.

The post 8 Tips for Maintaining Weight Loss appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The shift reflects a growing focus on personal development and mental wellness among young Black daters. The survey found that the top reasons for choosing celibacy include personal growth and self-discovery, as well as frustration with the toxic dating culture.

Here are the key survey findings:

• 43% of Black Gen Z daters are practicing celibacy.
• 64% of Black Gen Z women are celibate, with 63% having been celibate for less than six months.
• 61% cited personal growth or self-discovery as their primary reason for celibacy.
•  66% reported improved mental and emotional well-being due to celibacy.
• 87% said celibacy has positively impacted their dating life or made no difference.
• 1 in 3 Black Gen Z daters believe celibacy is becoming more accepted, though 43% still feel there is a stigma within the Black community.

Personal Growth

The trend towards celibacy among Black Gen Z singles is often driven by a desire for personal growth and improved mental health. As the data shows, most young Black daters are choosing celibacy to focus on self-discovery and personal development. In many ways, celibacy can help people build a stronger sense of self and prioritize their mental and emotional well-being. Such clarity is necessary for peaceful dating experiences.

According to a Psychology Today article, voluntary celibacy is becoming more common among adults, with about 1 in 6 women and 1 in 10 men choosing to take a break from sex and dating altogether. The Black Gen Z population is a part of a much broader movement.

Similarly, a WebMD article revealed some insights about celibacy. Many people reported that sex was a distraction or preoccupation, and abstaining from sex has helped their minds remain clear. Others have even reported that sex causes stress and that they are happier without having to worry about it. While celibacy is becoming more accepted among Black Gen Z daters, with 1 in 3 feeling that it’s gaining acceptance, 43% believe that stigma or misunderstanding still exists within the Black community. These individuals are redefining what it means to date and thrive in relationships and simultaneously challenging societal norms.

Johnathan Kirkland, Head of Brand and Marketing at BLK, shared insight on the cultural shift of celibacy, saying, “What we’re seeing with Black Gen Z singles is more than just a dating trend. It’s a movement towards personal empowerment and emotional well-being. This generation values authenticity and reclaims its narratives, prioritizing self-discovery over societal expectations. The rise in celibacy speaks to their desire for healthier relationships, both with themselves and others, and that’s a powerful statement.”

Celibacy is a personal journey that focuses on the individual rather than their dating prospects. It’s about embracing self-worth, nurturing mental health, and prioritizing emotional well-being. By understanding what you truly want from your dating experience, celibacy teaches us that a healthy relationship starts with a healthy self.

The post More Black Gen Z Daters Are Practicing Celibacy appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Myth #6: All Fats Are Bad

This fat misconception is one of the most dangerous of all the nutrition myths. Medical advice and scientific research have fluctuated so drastically from the 1970s through the 1990s that it’s no wonder many of us don’t know what to believe anymore.

Doctors have warned us to avoid saturated fat, as it was thought to increase our LDL or bad cholesterol levels, putting us at higher risk for heart disease. They didn’t know back then that scaring us away from fat led us to fat-free snack foods like cookies, chips, and ice cream, which are full of refined sugars and carbohydrates. These foods may have decreased our risk of heart disease and made us fat.

FACT: The National Institute of Health scientifically supports the claim that replacing saturated fats with unsaturated fats does reduce the risk of heart disease. Replacing saturated fat with simple carbohydrates with added sugars, like those found in white bread, does not.

WHAT WE KNOW: Eating some fat keeps us healthy, provides us with energy, helps us feel satisfied, and allows us to stay fuller between meals.

Research shows that when derived from plant sources, unsaturated fats are good for you. Look for cooking oils that are liquid at room temperature:

Look for cooking oils that are liquid at room temperature:

• Canola
• Peanut
• Safflower
• Soybean
•  Olive

Here are some other good sources of unsaturated fat:

• legumes
• fatty fish
• olives
• nuts

Myth #7: To Lose Weight Avoid All Carbs

You may remember The Atkins Diet, which was popular long before its Ketogenic (KetoDiet) Makeover. Both diets involved consuming protein and fats and no carbohydrates. The South Beach Diet caused many of us to completely turn our backs on all things white: bread, rice, pasta, and even potatoes. Whether those diets sound familiar or not, if you’ve lived in the US, you have heard and may even have believed at one point or another that all carbohydrates were evil.

These famous diets or celebrities are not solely to blame for demonizing carbohydrates. Medical experts constantly changed the truth and supported it with scientific research, causing all of this Carbohydrate Confusion, making distinguishing between what’s true and what’s false nearly impossible.

FACT: All Carbohydrates do not make us fat! Or prevent us from losing weight. So, avoiding them all is not the answer. Learning how to choose the healthy ones is what matters most. Simple carbs, called “bad carbs,” have little to no nutritional value and include simple sugars, sweeteners, and honey hidden in fruits, fruit juices, and dairy. They are vilified because they spike glucose levels, which can lead to energy crashes.

‘Good carbs’ do not. These long-digesting complex carbohydrates stabilize insulin levels and help the body metabolize cholesterol and triglycerides. Complex carbohydrates are not evil and do not stop our bodies from losing weight.

Look for:

• Whole grains: quinoa, buckwheat, whole wheat pasta
•  Fiber-rich veggies: broccoli, leafy greens, carrots
•  Fiber-rich fruits: apples, berries, bananas
• Beans

WHAT WE KNOW: Eating complex carbohydrates is essential for cognitive brain function and stable mental health. It also assists the body in metabolizing cholesterol and triglycerides. We need nutrient-dense fiber for digestive health and complex carbohydrates for optimal health.

MYTH #8 Apple Cider Vinegar Burns Belly Fat

Unlike most Americans, I had no idea apple cider vinegar (ACV) was anything more than an acidic ingredient in salad dressing. Recently, a neighbor volunteered some startling news: her belly fat was shrinking thanks to the ACV diet, which she had stuck to for seven days! I celebrated her accomplishments, seeing no difference in her appearance. Awkward.

FACT: I found no scientific evidence that ACV reduces belly fat or impacts sustainable weight loss. While a few small studies showed weight loss in obese rats, scientific proof that it has the same effect on humans is simply unavailable. According to the Cleveland Clinic, the placebo effect could explain why many people claim it works for them. Psychologically, believing in this miracle medicine may subconsciously inspire believers to make healthy choices about calorie intake, exercise, and lifestyle, which may result in weight loss.

WHAT WE KNOW:  Apple cider vinegar is made from fermented apples. Like distilled vinegar, ACV is an acetic acid commonly used as a cleaning disinfectant to kill airborne bacteria on surfaces, fruits, vegetables, and even meats. Some small studies show that apple cider vinegar can help you stay full longer, curbing the urge to snack for about two hours after eating. However, that study also reported nausea and vomiting as side effects.

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR:  ACV may cause dangerous side effects in certain people by affecting potassium and insulin levels. Evidence suggests that prolonged use of ACV could irreparably damage tooth enamel when not diluted before drinking.

Misinformation and disinformation have different meanings. The American Psychological Association defines Misinformation as false or inaccurate information—getting the facts wrong. Disinformation is false information deliberately intended to mislead and contribute to fueling, in this case, nutrition myths. Let’s do our best to share facts, not fiction.

Stay tuned for more nutrition myths.

This story is made possible by an educational grant from Novo Nordisk.

The post More Nutrition Myths We Still Believe (Part 2) appeared first on Black Health Matters.

I was 5’11” tall and 130 pounds when I crawled back into therapy to calibrate my re-entry into racist America and deal with the volcanic level of Black rage from my traumatic childhood spent in foster care.

Little did I know, however, that my gifted therapist, Anath Garber, would hit me with a formidable intervention: Stop drinking and taking drugs, or she would stop seeing me.

I was shocked that she could see through my get-high gambit, but there was no way I could lose the only person I trusted. The second I put the plug in the jug. However, I found myself enticed by Twinkies and tarts galore. Instantly, the pounds piled on, and my modeling career was over.

I was furious at Anath, but she assured me to “trust the recovery process.” As usual, Anath also had a new plan for me: She reminded me of the many letters I sent her from Europe and coaxed me into pursuing a writing career. Voila! I went back to college and got a degree in Writing and English Literature, then navigated my way into the offices of Essence magazine, where I landed the cushy position of Fashion and Beauty Writer.

Filled with fear, I sat in my tiny appointed cubicle, glued to my desk (often till the wee hours), and secretly lined my desk drawers with packs of Twinkies, Reese’s pieces, and other sugary delicacies.

See, I was waiting for the inevitable tap on the shoulder that was sure to come. The daily societal reminders of not belonging, not being adequate, and hiding my orphan status made me a prime candidate for the “Imposter Syndrome.” Article after article, deadline after deadline, the not-so-silent chant in my head persisted: Who was I kidding? I wasn’t a writer; one day, I would be escorted off the premises!

By the time my weight climbed to 230 pounds, I was hiding my fortress of fat under black attire.

But my writing career progressed to writing about health, women’s issues, and pop culture trends, including my fave—girl groups such as Seduction, Spice Girls, Destiny’s Child, En Vogue—and personal essays about dating (Debbie Does The Personals” visits to psychics (`Psychics and the Skeptic”), my elusive family background (`Searching for Mommy”), etc. In the late 1990s, liposuction was all the rage, so my chef girlfriend Ishbel and I went to Dr. Benito Rish and underwent fat-sucking plastic surgery.

I received a call from the producers at Oprah requesting my presence as a guest. Whoo hoo! For this occasion, I donned my signature spotted attire (I was adjusting to the fatter me) and was hilariously honest to Oprah about the bottom line on lipo:

“Oprah, it was like throwing a hot dog down the hallway—I should have taken the money and gone to Tahiti for vacay instead!” After my appearance on Oprah, I received a call from a book editor requesting a meeting.

Another trend was brewing on the literary horizon: creating literature for children with characters of color. I created “The Cheetah Girls” book series, which embodied the childhood I would have wanted: to be in a girl group and finally belong. I even put my beloved bichon frise pooch Toto into the mix for the fictional ride.

 As “The Cheetah Girls’’ franchise grew (16 books plus ten movie-tie-in books, three Disney Channel original movies, concert tours, albums, dolls, and oodles of cheetahlicious merchandise), so did my “fortress of fat.’’

Finally, my BFF Beverly Johnson (the same Beverly whose pages in Vogue had graced my bedroom walls during my teen years) expressed her concern: her daughter Anansa’s ex-hubbie had gotten bariatric surgery with excellent results. “Surely, I should consider such?” she pleaded. I asked around, and bariatric surgeon Dr. Che Afaneh at Weill Cornell came highly recommended. After several appointments in 2018,

I decided that bariatric surgery was not for me. After all, ‘I was fat and fabulous!’ I told anyone who would listen. That is until 2022, when I went for my annual physical exam with my primary care physician and weighed 301 pounds.

Even worse, I had developed another obesity caveat: type II Diabetes. Beverly and my computer tech, Alfha, were still on my case. In 2018, I told him about my visits to Dr. Afaneh; lo and behold, he had the surgery with great results! I finally asked Alfha to weigh in about my 301-pound dilemma. He responded honestly: “YES. You need the surgery!”

So, I went back to Dr. Afaneh’s office. He remembered me all right and went on to tell me about the three types of bariatric surgeries: the lap band (which is now the least popular), the gastric bypass (for morbidly obese), and the very popular “sleeve,” which is the least invasive. Because of my morbid obesity (body fat index over 40) and diabetes diagnosis, Dr. Afaneh recommended the gastric bypass. I took his advice and completed the required ten pre-surgery appointments: six with a nutritionist, one psychiatric evaluation, an endoscopy procedure, blood tests, and a bariatric support group visit.

My surgery was scheduled for January 8th, 2023, and I was terrified beyond words.

As I was rolled into the operating room, I asked the nurse if she could provide me with a DNR form in case I died during surgery. My earnest request was met with a chuckle and ignored. The surgery itself is 90 minutes long and requires an overnight stay. The pain was minimal, and I was released the following day after passing a breathing test.

Steps to recovery: I was prohibited from exercising or lifting more than 10 pounds for the first 6 weeks. Instead, walking every day for 10 minutes was encouraged.

I also stuck to a particular diet and vitamin regimen. This included liquids for one week, followed by three weeks of soft foods and protein drinks (the nutritionist gave me a list of the recommended ones, which include Iconic and Unjury), egg whites, mashed tuna, and soup. After my three-month checkup, I could eat baked potatoes, pasta, rice, beans, chicken, and hamburger meat—my favorites. After six months, it was full steam ahead. Seventy-five grams of protein daily, veggies, carbs (pasta, potatoes, rice, etc), and lower-sugar desserts.

I ate anything I wanted—just in smaller portions, but I cut back on the overuse of hot sauce (yes, like my character Aqua in the Cheetah Girls, I carried a bottle of hot sauce in my purse!)

Ultimately, undergoing bariatric surgery was the right move. There was no way in hell I could have dieted again—that fantasy had failed me time and time again. (Oh, I tried them all along the way, including the Zone Diet and Weight Watchers—only to lose the weight, gain it back, plus more!)

On January 10th, 2024, I had my one-year post-surgery checkup with Dr. Afaneh. I had lost 105 pounds, and my sugar level was back to normal. I was no longer “obese,” morbid or otherwise.

My journey from skinny to obese also granted me a whole new perspective about ideal body weight: Babe Paley, who coined the famous phrase that became my 1970s mantra (“You can never be too rich or too thin’’), was so wrong.

You can be too thin—and might I add my adage: “Fat is not fabulous!” After bravely looking at myself in the mirror, I decided medium is my best body: 196 pounds on my 5’11” medium frame (6-6.5” wrist). I now wear a dress size 14 and still have my curvy figure.

During my pre-surgery appointments, I was warned about the obvious: getting bariatric surgery is not a magic formula: if you resume compulsive overeating habits, you will gain weight and join the ranks of thirty percent of post-surgery bariatric patients.

I took the warning to heart and admitted that losing 105 pounds did not fix all my problems. I was still depressed, still an orphan, still a senior citizen, and still recovering from Black post-traumatic stress disorder. The “big” difference? I feel better physically, move better, look better, and, most importantly, am no longer in denial. Hiding behind a 301-pound fortress of fat was not the solution. So, let me make a lifelong promise to myself—and to you: I promise that I will not be joining the ranks of the “30-percenters” and look forward to doing another check-in and weigh-in with you in 2025. Ciao, meow for now!

Part 2 of a two-part story by Deborah Gregory. Read part 1 here.

Deborah Gregory is the New York Times bestselling author of THE CHEETAH GIRLS and the CATWALK trilogy.

The post “Fat is Not Fabulous” appeared first on Black Health Matters.

That’s why I compiled a list of the top popular nutrition myths you’ve probably heard and may even believe. I’ve searched the internet for reputable sources to find out if there’s any scientific evidence to back them up. Are you ready to separate fact from fiction and debunk these myths once and for all?

Watch Out! What you are about to read may be hard to believe.

Myth #1: Eating Eggs (Yolks) Will Kill You

Sound familiar? We’ve long been told that eating eggs, especially the yolks, causes high cholesterol, which can lead to cardiovascular disease and death. Where did this come from? The American Heart Association 1968 warned us to eat no more than three whole eggs per week to avoid consuming dietary cholesterol, which was thought back then to cause high cholesterol.

It has taken half a century of scientific research to understand the truth: Consuming high levels of saturated and trans fats is to blame for high cholesterol, not eggs.

The National Institute of Health refers to this myth as “an outdated hypothesis slowly put to rest,” concluding, “Half a century of research has shown that egg and dietary cholesterol intake is not associated with increased cardiovascular disease risk.

Most health promotion agencies around the world have dropped egg restrictions altogether.

FACTS: Eggs are among the most affordable, nutrient-dense, complete protein sources. They are full of vital nutrients that promote healthy eyes, brain, and nerves, as well as essential vitamins like A, B, and D. Omega-3 fatty acids are widely proven to lower our risk of heart attack and death.

According to Scientific American, hens fed flaxseed yield these eggs.

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR: While eggs are considered healthy, how they’re cooked and what we eat alongside them could have perpetuated their notoriously Bad reputation.

Foods like bacon, sausage, and ham are traditionally enjoyed with eggs, and using butter and oils in their preparation has most likely tainted the health benefits of our perfect protein.

The American Heart Association writes, “Decades of science have proven that saturated fats can raise your “bad” or LDL cholesterol and put you at higher risk for heart disease.

Myth #2: We need Juice Cleanses to Detox the Body & Jumpstart Weight Loss

The idea that juicing rids your body of toxins and cleanses your vital organs sounds fantastic and entirely believable. However, it’s just not true. Adding more fruits and vegetables to our meals and snacks has proven health benefits. There is little to no scientific evidence to support the idea that juicing your daily fruits and vegetables cleanses your body more than eating them in whole form and staying adequately hydrated throughout the day. That is, I found no valid long-term research to confirm this claim.

I get it. Drinking your fruits and vegetables may seem easy to get in all your daily vitamins and minerals. I often treat myself to a delicious carrot, beet, ginger, celery, and fresh apple juice. I know that juice is healthier than frozen sangria.

But just because it tastes and feels good doesn’t mean that juicing, pulverizing much of the healthy fiber, and destroying the essential vitamins and nutrients in fruits and vegetables is necessarily healthy or necessary to cleanse the body. 

FACT: Our liver and kidneys work naturally to filter out toxins without any help from juices. Unfortunately, there’s more scientific evidence of drawbacks associated with various “detoxes” and “cleanses” than the purported health benefits such as improved digestion, energy boost, and reduced inflammation.

Juices primarily consisting of fruits add more sugars and calories than you could eat the whole version of in a day. Longer juicing may cause more harm than good without protein to stabilize blood sugar spikes.

Liver and cancer specialist and surgeon Thomas Aloia, M.D., explains the importance of a healthy liver: “Detoxifying the normal things we eat, breathe, and ingest is part of its job and keeps us alive.”

So, how do we care for the liver so it functions properly? Dr. Aloia urges us to maintain a healthy diet and avoid putting extra demands on this vital organ.

He warns, “Don’t pack your liver full of fat, sugar, or alcohol, so the (detox) machine keeps doing its job well.”

If Whole Foods like fruits and vegetables and a plant-based diet centered around lean protein sources like legumes, nuts, and seeds  instead of animal products is what you’re looking to consume with these detoxes, cleanses, and juices, he says, “you will likely get all the benefits such programs offer.”

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR/WARNING: Juicing as a meal replacement results in inadequate calories and, most importantly, reduces the fiber required to absorb the nutrients from whole foods. This way of drastically cutting calories may result in weight loss. However, eliminating healthy protein sources could result in losing lean muscle mass and missing out on vitamins and nutrients to fuel your day with energy.

That’s not all; if weight loss is your goal, you may gain more weight when you return to your regular intake of calories and processed food.

Myth #3 Eating Soy Increases Risk of Breast Cancer

It was hard to understand that consuming soy products had been associated with cancer, especially considering that soy is the most popular plant protein, the central component of several Asian cuisines, and is widely used in diverse populations worldwide.

Soy milk emerged in Europe and the US in the 1980s, but it wasn’t until the ’90s that I noticed it. I vividly remember when everyone switched to soy milk in their coffee! Silk, a popular brand of soy milk products, was everywhere.

How could this healthy protein alternative to cow’s milk cause breast cancer when so many populations, including vegetarians, consumed so much of it? Something didn’t sound right. A friend of mine warned me with some urgency about the danger of soy.

Since her mother had recently lost her battle with breast cancer, I was convinced it had to be true! But was it? I needed to know that this claim was scary even though I didn’t like the taste of it in my coffee and never had a taste for tofu.

The confusion stems from a few misinterpretations of scientific evidence in the past. Breastcancer.org attributes older studies that were performed on rats suggested that large doses of isoflavones found in soybeans stimulated breast cancer cells to grow in Petri dishes. However, there is no evidence to suggest the same effect in people.

FACT: Harvard researchers confirm soy foods are rich in nutrients, including B vitamins, fiber, potassium, magnesium, and high-quality protein. Soy is a complete protein containing all nine essential amino acids the body cannot make alone.

According to the American Cancer Society, there is growing evidence that eating tofu, tempeh, edamame, miso, and soymilk may lower the risk of breast cancer.

Myth #4 Fresh Produce is Healthier than Frozen or Canned Versions

It may surprise you that although packaged produce is technically processed, its effects on nutritional value are minimal.

The National Institute of Health reports, “Research has revealed that frozen fruits and vegetables can have just as many vitamins —and sometimes more—than fresh.

While freezing may impact the texture of your fruit when it thaws, fresh fruit retains its natural texture better.

For those who do not have access to fresh produce or proper storage provisions, frozen or canned fruits and vegetables are a convenient and healthy alternative.

However, if you prefer the taste of fresh produce, then fresh may be the only way to go.

FACT:  According to the American Heart  Association, frozen and canned options can be healthy alternatives to fresh produce, the operative word being ‘can.’

In fact, according to UCLA Health, it is well documented that canned and frozen fruits and vegetables are commonly processed within hours of being harvested, which helps preserve their nutrients.

Smart Shopping Tips: It is essential to choose carefully and pay attention to the labels to avoid added sugars like “heavy syrup” or high sodium concentrations. Choose packaged varieties, such as fresh fruits and vegetables, free of salt, syrups, and creams, and season on your own.

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR: Follow the directions on the package of frozen varieties to avoid overcooking them to the point they lose color or shape. If you cannot identify the vegetable, some nutrients may have been lost along the way.

To be clear, it is possible to encounter a slight shift in the nutritional value of frozen produce. Tish Food Center says, ” Water-soluble vitamins, like vitamins C and B, may leach during the initial blanching process. Also, storing produce in the freezer for too long may cause freezer burn in which cell walls rupture, resulting in a noticeable change in color, flavor, and texture.” The fact remains, however, that adequately stored frozen fruits and vegetables make enjoying produce year-round.

Myth #5 Gluten-Free Foods are Healthier

If you’ve heard about gluten, you may be aware of it since so many products are suddenly made without it. But what exactly is it?

Gluten is a protein in grains like rye, wheat, and barley. It’s common in foods like bread, cereal, and pasta. Celiac disease is an inherited, diagnosable autoimmune disease estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide.

When someone with Celiac disease eats food containing gluten, their bodies trigger an immune response that attacks the small intestine, causing damage and malabsorption of nutrients.

FACT: Gluten-free foods are NOT healthier. The opposite may be true: “Gluten-free foods are commonly less fortified with folic acid, iron, and other nutrients than regular foods containing gluten,” according to Harvard researchers.

They have found that gluten-free foods contain less fiber but more sugar and fat and cost more. Further research has seen “a trend toward weight gain and obesity among those who follow a gluten-free diet (including those with celiac disease).”

There is no compelling evidence that a gluten-free diet will improve health or prevent disease if you don’t have celiac disease.” This means avoiding gluten is unnecessary if you can eat gluten without trouble.

These are just the first five; we have 15 more to go. Stay tuned for part two.

This story is made possible by an educational grant from Novo Nordisk.

The post Nutrition Myths We Still Believe Part 1 appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Although I didn’t inherit “the fat gene,” my journey from a 5’11” 130-pound runway model to a 301-pound morbidly obese writer was definitively caused by the inheritance of the latter. I was one of the 500,000 kids in America—the majority of whom are Black—placed in the foster care system.

During my childhood, I had no knowledge of why—or even when—I became a ward of the state of New York because no one told me, and you certainly didn’t ask questions.

My earliest memory is sitting at a desk in school (in kindergarten or first grade), nervously pulling my hair, and seeing my foster mother, Mrs. Parkay, with her blue Afro wig and rhinestone-studded cat eyeglasses, pointing her menacing finger at me through the window of the closed classroom door. I could hear some kids seated near me snickering at her frightful image.

I blocked out the beating that followed. I quickly realized Mrs. Parkay was violent, illiterate, and a heavy drinker. Her two grown children were morbidly obese and delighted in regularly stealing food from us foster kids, which was a relief since Mrs. Parkay’s cooking of pig feet and chitterlings was quite terrible.

Food, however, became my Holy Grail. At night, I would sneak down to the basement and rummage through the garbage cans in search of scraps.

By 12, I was tall and skinny and caught the eye of Mr. Richardson, one of Mrs. Parkay’s cronies who visited the house where the drinking of Southern Comfort filled the evenings. He was a caretaker for a wealthy Jewish couple with an expansive mansion in Bronxville. Mrs. Stein threw quite the brunches and dinner soirees. Donning a crisp white uniform, I began working at the Stein’s mansion on the weekends and served endless platters of schnitzel, lox, smoked sturgeon, and other delicacies to her guests.

At the end of the weekend, I got to take home leftovers and snuck them into the bedroom for our secret feasts!

At 15, I saw the “Spanish Speaking Cashiers” sign posted in the A&P supermarket window. Using the treasured Singer Sewing Machine Mr. Richardson had bought me for a previous birthday, and I whipped red hot pants and yellow halter tops for my B.F.F. Niecy and me to apply for the coveted A&P jobs.

The outfits did the trick because the store manager, Mr. Dragastino, never tested our Spanish fluency (I knew Hola! and Gracias! which was more than Niecy knew!)

Niecy and I proudly wore our red A&P aprons—pinned with ~Yo Hablo Espanol” big white buttons. We had hit the jackpot with our cushy part-time jobs and a gourmet selection of endless goodies! Mrs. Parkay also took the opportunity to come into the supermarket with her friend Mrs. Dodger and load up their shopping carts—with expensive pot roasts and canned hams—that I was required to check out for free.

My fourth and last foster home was at Mrs. Rhodes in the Soundview section of the Bronx. I had skipped the eighth grade via the S.P. program and graduated from high school at 17. I used the last year in foster care to work full-time and save money for my grand escape at 18.

During that year, I also attended Ophelia DeVour Modeling School, created gowns for the school’s fashion show finale, and took night classes at F.I.T. Taped on my bedroom walls were sleek, sophisticated images of supermodels Lauren Hutton, Karen Graham, and Beverly Johnson torn from the pages of Vogue magazine.

Back in the late 1970s, the beauty climate was scary: “White was right, Blonde was better, and the infamous mantra: You could never be too thin’ was echoed around the globe.” I fell hard for this manufactured fibbery.

Although I was 5’11” tall and weighed 130 pounds, I made conscious efforts to get my weight down to 125 pounds because “thinner was better.’’

When I escaped foster care, I moved to Manhattan, attended F.I.T. by day, and was employed as a barmaid in black leotards at the Tin Pan Alley seedy bar in Times Square by night. I sent away my birth certificate and found out I was born in Brooklyn, and my mother’s name was Ruth Gregory, and “father unknown.” (It would be years later, when I became a writer for Essence magazine, that I would begin to unravel my family history.)

From the F.I.T. bulletin, I answered an ad for a roommate. I moved in with Susan Betz, a JAP (Jewish American Princess) from Great Neck, Long Island, who introduced me to “black beauties”: deadly amphetamines that were perfect for dieting and studying for exams. Frail and hyper from overdosing on pills, I finally landed in therapy. My wonderful therapist, Anath Garber, prodded me to pursue modeling.

After taking photos for my portfolio, I visited the Ford Model Agency. The white agent calmly told me: “You are beautiful, but we can’t use Black girls. You should go to Europe.’’

As a result, I became haunted by dreams of Paris. Anath prodded me to go. I had never been on a plane before, but off I went. Like New York, Paris is a cold, metropolitan city, but I immediately got tied into an American circle of models, photographers, and makeup artists. American models Dovanna, Lisa Rubenstein, and photographer Josef Astor were part of my inner circle.

Crossing a continent, however, did not erase the color factor. I remember going on go-sees for showroom and fashion show jobs and being told: “No more Black Girls today!” all the Black models in the room would get up to leave the go-see like a herd of cattle. One of the Black American models, Celeste, with whom I did a showroom job, was based in Firenze, Italy, and she prodded me to go there and sign up with Chic Models. I had never dreamed about Italy, but the minute I landed on Italian terrain, I was inspired by La Dolce Vita. My days and nights were filled with vino bianco, Spinaci con limone, and go-sees.

But even in Italy, modeling is fiercely competitive, and the terrain is filled with primarily American girls who are not about to help you except for one—Coco Mitchell. She had been working there for a minute and knew the treacherous terrain. Coco was my inspiration.

All the American models lived in the local pensiones (similar to what we call hostels), and sometimes, three or four of us were cramped in the same room.

I was living in a pensione with model Andrea from Dallas and makeup artist Jose from New York when La Dolce Vita turned bitter. Andrea turned green and was bedridden from our nightly vino bianco and spinaci con limone dinners. An Italian doctor ordered her to eat pasta and remain on bed rest.

I, on the other hand, was mentally unraveling from the excessive drinking to mask my childhood trauma.

The night before a photo shoot, I got into a fight and was socked in the face. Photographer Leonardo Maniscalchi was not happy about my black eye. Still, he turned my face to a profile for the modeling job (for a leather jacket ad to appear in Italian Vogue magazine). I didn’t want to leave Italy and come back to the harsh reality of the race struggles in America, but instinctively, I knew I had to get back to New York to resume seeing my therapist, Anath.

I cried my eyes out on the plane, but I came back in the nick of time to resume the therapy that would save my life. Little did I know I was in for a hell of a ride, though—like switching seats on the Titanic—and that I would painstakingly reinvent myself as a writer but gain 171 pounds in the process before finally hitting rock bottom decades later that would finally catapult me onto a solid road to recovery.

Part 1 of a two-part story by Deborah Gregory. (part 2 continues tomorrow)

Deborah Gregory is the New York Times bestselling author of THE CHEETAH GIRLS and the CATWALK trilogy.

The post What’s Fat Got to Do With It? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The Trouble with Artificial Sweeteners

“Artificial sweeteners are sugar substitutes that provide high sweetening power associated with low accompanied calories,” according to Cureus. “These additives are known for their intense sweetness, often multiple times sweeter than sugar, allowing for smaller amounts to be used to achieve the desired level of saccharinity.”

Products containing artificial sweeteners are often advertised as healthier alternatives to traditional sodas and juices. Because they do not contain sugar, they are assumed not to lead to weight gain.

They work because they trick the brain into thinking it’s consuming sugar. As a result, they leave some people feeling less satisfied. One study reported that when we are obese or are overweight and drink diet soda, we are more likely to consume more calories at meals and snacks than our counterparts who drink sugar-sweet beverages. So, we gain weight.

The Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine stated that “While people often choose “diet” or “light” products to lose weight, research studies suggest that artificial sweeteners may contribute to weight gain.” The Journal also noted, “Several large-scale prospective cohort studies found a positive correlation between artificial sweetener use and weight gain.”

The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition found that “sucrose and saccharin consumption led to increased body weight.” Artificial sweeteners can cause changes in portions of the gut microbiome.

Industry Growth to Meet Consumer Demand

“Consumers are demanding a greater variety of low-calorie products as they strive to make healthier food choices.” according to the Journal of Pharmacology & Pharmacotherapeutics. This is leading to the popularity of products containing artificial sweeteners. These products include aspartame, saccharin acesulfame potassium, sucralose, neotame, and advantame. The Journal reported that their value to weight loss journeys may be overstated. “AS have been increasingly used as healthier alternatives to sugar-sweetened products to curb the obesity epidemic. However, the evidence supporting their weight reduction or maintenance use has been inconclusive.

The World Health Organization has warned the public against including non-sugar sweeteners (NSS) in one’s diet.

“Replacing free sugars with NSS does not help with weight control in the long term. People need to consider other ways to reduce free sugar intake, such as consuming food with naturally occurring sugars, like fruit, or unsweetened food and beverages,” said Francesco Branca, WHO Director for Nutrition and Food Safety.

Branca added that those seeking to lose weight should work on minimizing the sweetness of their diet altogether instead of finding solutions to access sweetness without sugar.

“NSS are not essential dietary factors and have no nutritional value. People should reduce the sweetness of the diet altogether, starting early in life, to improve their health,” he said.

The Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care stated that artificial sweetening agents “have shown a paradoxical, negative effect on blood glucose” and that “this increases the levels of insulin in the blood, eventually leading to decreased receptor activity.” This should be taken into consideration when making decisions at the grocery store.

Consider These Alternatives to Artificial Sweeteners

•  Unsweetened Teas. Skip out on the false sweeteners and steep some tea for a long time to enhance the flavor. Hibiscus or lavender tea can imitate that bubbly pop you’re used to pouring in your favorite tumbler.
•  Sparkling or Flat Water. Add a citrus twist to your sparkling water or seltzer if you want some zest in your beverage. A few slices of ginger or a scoop of nutmeg can also add something special.
•  Add Some Herbs. Thyme, mint, or rosemary are great ways to give water or another sugar-free beverage a kick. If you don’t like the taste of herbs in your drink, strain them out for a smooth effect.

The post Are ‘Diet’ Food and Drinks Causing You To Gain Weight? appeared first on Black Health Matters.

For those who have been big girls, shopping for larger sizes and looking for aisle seats (with some extra room) has come with the territory. But bigger sizes don’t just mean more oversized clothes and chairs; they mean more strain on our bodies. Your knees may not be the only call you hear from your body. Pay attention to your numbers, too. That’s right, those dreaded numbers like blood pressure and cholesterol, and yes, that number is on the scale. As we get older, they are harder to control, but they are telling us something.

The American Heart Association states metabolic syndrome is diagnosed when someone has three or more of these risk factors:

•  High blood glucose (sugar)
•  Low levels of HDL (“good”) cholesterol in the blood
• High levels of triglycerides in the blood
• Large waist circumference or “apple-shaped” body
• High blood pressure

Metabolic syndrome puts you at greater risk for heart disease, stroke, diabetes, and other serious health problems. Focusing on sustainable lifestyle changes could pose long-term health benefits. You’ll notice the changes in your clothes, the lack of pain in your knees, and the comfort of those small middle seats.

Dr. Holly F. Lofton, MD, a Board-Certified Internist at NYU Langone Weight Management Program, has been a longtime pioneer in proper weight management and healthy living and has some initial strategies to help you manage your weight effectively.

•  Practice mindfulness techniques: Dr. Lofton recommends acupuncture as a stress reliever but also suggests exploring other methods, such as hypnosis, meditation, or yoga.
•  Introduce healthy coping strategies like regular exercise, journaling, or professional therapy to your everyday lifestyle.
• Seek a support system. In addition to board-certified professionals, a positive, supportive community of family and friends can help offset the urge to reach for comfort foods in stressful situations.
• If stress contributes to your weight, identify the situations or emotions that trigger your stress eating.

Getting to the Root Causes

According to Dr. Lofton, “The area of the brain that gets activated and traumatized is the mesolimbic system (or the brain’s pleasure center), signaling that whatever you do in excess, you will gain pleasure from it,” she adds. This excessive behavior looks different based on the individual, but if the signal is related to food consumption, therein lies the beginning stages of emotional or stress eating.

Her popular program, New You, helps patients achieve results through scientifically proven weight loss techniques and medications, combined with proper nutrition education. Dr. Lofton begins her initial patient diagnosis with the question, “Are you physically hungry (points to stomach), or do you have the desire to eat (points to head).” From there begins the in-depth conversation and analysis around a patient’s stress eating and where the root causes are. “Environmental stress (family, work, etc.) can cause brain trauma that causes one to crave comfort foods.”

Dr. Lofton and her medical specialists monitor and address the behavioral challenges resulting from poor eating habits and keep them under control. Treatment methods include managing stress, planning a healthy diet, making recommendations, and prescribing medications when needed.

Dr. Lofton maintains extensive research regarding patients who experience weight gain after medical weight loss methods to identify successful, long-term solutions and treatments for patients living with obesity.

Breaking The Cycle – Regaining Control

Identifying healthy diet plans and working towards results seems simple, right? Not at all. Studies have shown that 80% and 85% of those who lose weight quickly will regain it.

High stress levels can significantly impact metabolism and fat storage. Elevated cortisol levels can slow metabolism, making it harder to burn calories. High cortisol levels also signal the body to store fat, particularly in the abdominal area.

Repeated cycles of weight gain and loss can also negatively impact overall health. Fluctuations in weight can often lead to elevated blood pressure, elevated cholesterol levels, high blood sugar levels, and other risk factors.

Dr. Lofton stresses the importance of consulting with your trusted healthcare provider. A trained medical professional who understands obesity can best support you with treatment plans to help you lose weight, keep it off, and break the cycle for good.

Identifying a program that works best for you is your best chance of combating the likelihood of developing metabolic syndrome. Or working to reverse it.

The post What You Need to Know About Metabolic Syndrome appeared first on Black Health Matters.

When stressed, the body releases hormones that trigger cravings for unhealthy foods, typically high in sugar and calories. Eventually, this type of overeating leads to weight gain. Understanding the issues behind stress eating is critical to developing effective strategies for managing them.

The Hormone That’s Fueling Your Cravings: Ghrelin

Dr. Nicole also founded the Weight a Minute Clinic, a telehealth weight management practice for patients of all ages, noting that obesity “is a complex medical condition that has many causes; some of these causes are simply out of your control. “When the stomach produces the hormone ghrelin, it signals to the brain that you are hungry when you are not. Individuals who have obesity have lower ghrelin levels, which can ultimately make you feel hungry all the time, thus driving cravings for foods that make it harder to lose weight.”

The Cortisol Connection: Stress and Appetite

What exactly causes stress eating? Several emotions can lead to stress eating, from feelings of anxiety or sadness to thoughts of low self-esteem and perfectionism. Lastly, environmental triggers like not having geographic access to healthy food options can easily contribute to unhealthy stress eating.

Stress eating directly impacts weight management goals, from weight gain to weight loss. Increased calorie intake, limited physical activity, and irregular eating habits are a few ways that stress eating leads to weight gain. Additionally, stress eating can negatively impact weight loss efforts. When stressed, we are more prone to reach for unhealthy food options or skip meals altogether, making it challenging to stick to a routine, healthy diet.

Cortisol, also known as “the stress hormone,” is released in the body when we experience stressful situations. It signals the body and the brain, controlling your mood, actions, and food cravings. Elevated cortisol levels can stimulate our cravings for foods high in sugar and fat. While these foods offer a quick boost of energy, providing temporary comfort in stressful situations, the long-term effects may lead to overeating and unhealthy eating and weight management habits.

A Mindful Approach to Weight Loss

Dr. Nicole believes women and men must develop the ability to balance multiple roles and responsibilities while managing stress. Addressing these challenges and developing healthy coping mechanisms is the key to avoiding health risks and maintaining a healthy weight and standard of living.

When the challenges of “adulting” become too stressful, don’t go it alone. Take advantage of the tools available via technology and professional help. Food diaries and tracking are the age-old tools for managing food intake, but now free apps like Nourishly can track emotions with your eating, or paid apps through insurance or Noom provide even more support. Ask your primary care doctor for a referral to a licensed or registered dietician with CSOWM (Obesity and Weight Management Certification), or you can find one at eatright.org, so don’t be afraid to ask for support. Find a physician with an American Board of Obesity Medicine (ABOM) to assist you with your weight management journey.

With the right perspective and diet tweaks, you will have more energy and clarity to take on whatever challenges “adulting” throws your way.

Please click here for more information on Dr. Cee Nicole and the Weight A Minute Clinic services.

The post How to Break the Cycle of Stress Eating appeared first on Black Health Matters.

We’ve gathered data from Zumper and RentCafe, but before we get into the list, let’s discuss determining the income needed to live comfortably in these cities. The general rule is to spend no more than 30% of your gross income on rent. This helps ensure that housing costs don’t absorb too much of your budget, leaving room for other essentials, savings, and hobbies. But in some of these high-cost cities, the reality is that many people may have to allot more than 30% of their income toward rent.

The 10 Most Expensive Cities to Rent In.

1. New York, NY: First up is New York City! This city is known for never sleeping and living the NYC dream but has a hefty price tag. With an average monthly rent of around $3,802, NYC is pretty expensive. To live comfortably here, you must earn at least $152,076 annually.

2. Boston, MA: With its rich history and prestigious universities, Boston’s charm comes at a cost. The average rent is $3,225, meaning you’d need an income of approximately $129,000 annually to live comfortably.

3. Jersey City, NJ: Just a trip across the Hudson River, Jersey City offers a slightly more affordable option with an average rent of about $3,024. To enjoy the skyline views and vibrant culture, you’d need an annual income of around $120,960.

4. Los Angeles, CA: The entertainment capital of the U.S., Los Angeles, has an average rent of $2,988. An annual income of $119,520 is necessary to live comfortably amongst the lights, cameras, and action.

5. San Francisco, CA: The Golden Gate City has an average rent of approximately $2,848. You’d need to make about $113,920 per year to afford this lifestyle.

6. San Jose, CA: San Jose is part of Silicon Valley and has an average rent of $2,799. An annual income of $111,960 would be needed to enjoy this city’s lifestyle.

7. Arlington, VA: Close to the nation’s capital, Arlington’s average rent is $2,508. An income of $100,320 per year is necessary to afford this. The proximity to Washington, DC, makes it a prime spot for professionals.

8. San Diego, CA: Known for its stunning beaches and relaxing ambiance, San Diego’s average rent is $2,296. A comfortable life requires an income of around $91,840 annually.

9. Washington, DC: The political heart of the U.S., Washington, DC, has an average rent of $2,283. To live here comfortably, you must earn about $91,320 annually.

10. Miami, FL: Last up, we have the sunshine city of Miami. Its average rent is $2,081. To live here without financial strain, you should earn around $83,240 per year.

The Budget-Friendly: Top 10 Cities With the Lowest Rents

1. Louisville, KY: Louisville’s average rent is $850. To live comfortably, you’d need to earn about $34,000 annually.

2. Little Rock, AR: With an average rent of $850, living in Little Rock requires an annual income of approximately $34,000. The city is known for its natural beauty.

11. Memphis, TN: Memphis has an average rent of $850. To live comfortably, you’d need to earn about $34,000 annually.

12. Des Moines, IA: The average rent in Des Moines is $850, requiring an annual income of around $34,000 for comfortable living.

13. El Paso, TX: With an average rent of $825, living in El Paso requires an income of approximately $33,000 yearly.

14. St. Louis, MO: The average rent in St. Louis is $825. To live comfortably, you would need to earn about $33,000 annually.

15. Tulsa, OK: The average rent in Tulsa is $825, requiring an annual income of around $33,000 for comfortable living.

16. Wichita, KS: Nearing the top of the list of affordable cities, Wichita’s average rent for a one-bedroom apartment is $693. To live comfortably, an annual income of around $27,720 is sufficient—small-town charm at its best.

17. Toledo, OH: With an average rent of $650, living in Toledo requires an annual income of approximately $26,000.

18. Akron, OH: Akron’s average rent is $650, making it one of the most affordable cities. An annual income of $26,000 is sufficient for comfortable living.

How This Impacts Us

You may be wondering about the Black population in the cities we’ve mentioned; here are the top five with the highest percentages. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Memphis, TN, stands out, with about 64.4% of its population being Black. Washington, DC, follows with approximately 44.30%. St. Louis, MO, has a significant Black community, making up 44.8% of its population. Little Rock, AR, also has a large Black population, accounting for 41.48% of its residents. Lastly, Louisville, KY, has around 23.94% Black population.

Living in the largest U.S. cities can be financially challenging, especially in areas with the highest rents. However, affordable options still exist for those looking to explore different locations, and some places are more diverse than you might expect. Understanding the cost of living and planning your finances accordingly are essential steps for a successful move. So, take some time to consider your options. Who knows, you might find yourself wanting to move to an entirely different coast!

The post Rent Realities: The Top Ten Most Expensive & Budget-Friendly Cities appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Bright Solutions with Laser Therapy

For many years, Dr. Jeanine Downie of Image Dermatology® P.C. has been at the forefront of hair growth advancements, making significant contributions to the field through her expertise and innovative treatments.

She has seen breakthrough after breakthrough over the last ten years, particularly with the introduction of supplements like Nutrafol and super products like Lambdapil (a hair density shampoo and lotion that revitalizes and nourishes thinning hair, most effective when paired with the Nutrafol) DefanAge®. This 150K hair serum thickens the density of the hair follicle.

Dr. Downie has also championed KeraLase, a cutting-edge hair restoration therapy that uses Lutronic LaseMD® Ultra laser technology and KeraFactor® serum application. The Lutronic LaseMD® laser opens up the hair follicles on the scalp, which helps to optimize absorption. This prepares the skin for the KeraFactor® hair growth serum, which contains growth factors and proteins that promote thicker, fuller hair.

KeraLase treatments are completed over several months to boost optimal hair growth. Still, some patients have seen significant results “typically within three treatment sessions, compared to PRP (Platelet-Rich Plasma injections), which could take six or more.” “KeraLase is good for all skin and hair types and regrows hair significantly,” adds Dr. Downie.

It has shown effectiveness for several types of hair loss, including androgenetic alopecia (female pattern baldness), traction alopecia, and stress-related hair loss. Additionally, KeraLase is more expensive than other treatments because of the laser component, running approximately $1,000 per treatment session.

Beyond the in-office treatments, Dr. Downie stresses the importance of practicing “good scalp and hair health habits” to see maximum results. Consultation is key. Dr. Downie evaluates each patient individually to determine if laser therapy is the best option (or at all) and if other therapies or a combination of treatments (laser, medications, topical) is the best approach.

Getting to the Root of the Problem

Dr. Valerie Callender, Medical Director and Founder of Callender Dermatology and Cosmetic Center, is known for her sensitive and innovative approach to managing hair loss in African American women. Widely respected for her leadership role with the Skin of Color Society, Dr. Callender shares that a necessary breakthrough in getting to the root cause of hair loss in our community is ‘finding out the Why?’

Dr. Callender considers new developments in research critical to understanding patients’ genetic predispositions, which is critical to treating hair loss.

Cicatricial Alopecia (CCA) is the most common form of alopecia seen in African American women. In-depth genetic studies, family history identification, and testing for other comorbidities represent the holistic approach Dermatologists are using to identify the root cause of a patient’s hair loss.

Next comes treatment. Research partnered with new diagnostic tools, like dermatoscopy, has helped determine what type of hair loss a patient is experiencing. This non-invasive tool, also known as a Trichoscope, examines the scalp and hair shaft closely to identify the specific type of hair loss or alopecia so that the proper treatment can follow. Lastly, there’s been an uptick in Doctors pairing oral minoxidil with topical minoxidil prescriptions for maximum results.

Dr. Callender is dedicated to demystifying hair loss by assuring her patients that treatment is available. “Hair loss can be treated with the diagnosis approach of a Board-certified Dermatologist; don’t give up.”

New Hope For Hair Loss

Dr. Crystal U. Aguh, Associate Professor of Dermatology and Director of the Ethnic Skin Program at Johns Hopkins Department of Dermatology, is known for her profound research and numerous prestigious awards, including those from the Skin of Color Society.

With CCCA being the type of hair loss that affects black women almost exclusively, there have been some exciting breakthroughs and research happening over the past 5 to 10 years, shares Dr. Aguh.

Her research group identified topical Metformin as a potential treatment option for patients with CCCA. Metformin, typically used to treat diabetes, has been shown to not only be a safe medication overall but also work to improve scarring. Studies are ongoing to identify which oral medications work best when paired with topical treatment.

Supplements that have shown some effectiveness in men include Saw Palmetto, a male hormone blocker. However, it is still unclear how effective this supplement is in women. However, data supports the use of Rosemary Oil, proven to be as effective as 2% Minoxidil (generic name Rogaine), for non-scarring hair loss.

If you’re also looking for tech-savvy solutions, red light therapy might be an option to consider after all measures have been taken to preserve the overall health of your hair. Dr. Aguh advises that while these devices may stimulate hair growth, doing your homework first is key.

Overall, it’s important to note that everyone’s hair differs, and individual results may vary. It’s always a good idea to consult first with a board-certified dermatologist.

Expert Care – Expert Style

Dr. Achiamah Osei-Tutu & Master Natural Hair Care Expert Diane C. Bailey – Who wouldn’t want their own dream team dedicated to your hair health? That’s the superpower of the partnership between Dr. Achiamah Osei-Tutu of Osei-Tutu Dermatology and Master Hair Care Expert Diane C. Bailey.

Dr. Osei-Tutu shared some exciting new developments for patients with Alopecia Areata, using a class of medications called Jak Inhibitors. Jak Inhibitors, initially a medication for patients with rheumatoid arthritis, have been proven to prevent inflammation that can cause hair loss.

Dr. Osei-Tutu has also seen successful results with micro-needling treatments and laser-assisted delivery of medications, such as KeraLase and Alma TED, an ultrasound-based device offering a non-invasive treatment for hair growth.

However, after diagnosis, Dr. Osei-Tutu found that her patients needed support with the hair care part of their journey. “We wanted to [recommend stylists] who were knowledgeable about different diagnoses and non-tension hairstyles and had time to listen and care,” notes Dr. Osei-Tutu. That’s where Diane C. Bailey comes in.

Diane C. Bailey supports her clients in a private setting by teaching them the fundamentals of their hair care process. Scalp health AND hair health is Key! Bailey’s work is focused on cleansing, hydrating, and moisturizing the hair and providing a safe space for clients to share, build a trusted relationship, and collaborate on safe yet creative ways to protect and style their hair.

The dynamic duo also recently led a fireside chat at the Rooted in Wellness event hosted by Mane Moves, sharing their insights, resources, and invaluable advice to hair loss patients.

Take inspiration from these dermatology experts doing the work, making an impact in hair loss prevention and treatment and making it more inclusive.

Whether you are experiencing hair loss or simply looking for ways to keep your hair healthy, remember that knowledge is power, and the only way to embrace our personal hair journeys confidently is with the proper tools from trusted professionals.

The post Black Derms Are Leading the Way in Hair Loss Treatments appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Check out our Q & A with her below:

How do people find someone like you?

L. Casey Flowers: With the expansion of telehealth in 2020, it’s been much easier to find a dietitian to work with. If you’re working with an endocrinologist for diabetes or a nephrologist for kidney disease, they usually have someone who works directly within their office. Or they can provide you with a direct referral, making things much more accessible. And your insurance company can give you a list of people as well.

No, not all dietitians are created equal. Some nutritionists may be personal trainers who took a course. Licensed dietitian nutritionists (LDNs) must take a licensure exam and meet continuing education hours to maintain their credentials through the state.

However, not all LDNs feel comfortable talking about weight management. Look for those with a CSOWM certification so you know they are Certified Specialists in Obesity and Weight Management. Most people will include it on their website.

What happens during the initial appointment?

LCF: If someone comes to me for weight management, our first visit will last 45 to 60 minutes. Our follow-up visits are generally 15 to 30 minutes. We do your anthropometrics, height, weight, and blood pressure. I will always ask if you have any specific questions because I will have many questions.

I will ask about your medical history. What if you’re on medication that causes weight gain? I must also know your diet history because every attempt lowers your metabolism. So, we will go through your whole diet, exercise, and weight history. Has it always been like this? Or is it an up and down?

The second half of the visit is the best part. “It is not, ‘Here’s this piece of paper, and you follow this plan,’ We take all the information you shared and make a specific plan to meet your lifestyle.

What you said is pertinent. For example, what has happened in the last six months or five years impacts what will happen now. I just had a death in my family or lost my job; that’s important for you to know.

LCF: Extremely. If your stress hormones have increased, and you haven’t done anything to help lower them, your weight will not go anywhere. So, we must ensure we’re addressing those kinds of baseline concerns.

What surprises patients about their first visit with a dietician?

LCF: We start with small changes. We usually focus on three goals to start and then set them up with a monitoring tool, like a food journal or an app, so that we can do regular check-ins. Today, for example, one of my patient’s three goals was to sleep seven hours a night. However, making that improvement will help in the long term.

How does sleep impact weight?

LCF: Sleep is so essential that I never thought I’d have to discuss it as much as I do. Many patients do not get their seven hours in, so their stress hormone, or cortisol, never has a chance to get lowered. When your cortisol is up, it automatically tells your body to start up, regulating your fat, absorption, and growing fat. It also increases your hunger, specifically for specific nutrients that will boost your dopamine. What’s going to do that is tryptophan, which comes from chocolate.

So, if you’re not sleeping well, many people start craving these simple carbohydrates to help get them through the day.

As a Certified Diabetes Care and Education Specialist, I always see this as a red flag. If somebody wakes up between 3 and 5 AM, that’s nighttime or reactive hypoglycemia time, and their blood glucose will drop during those hours. They will spontaneously wake up. We must fix their diet at nighttime so that doesn’t happen. Sleep tells you a lot about a person.

How often do you meet with your patients?

LCF: We’re supposed to meet every two weeks for the first month. Then, we can go every two to three months for maintenance. I am the only dietitian in my clinic and serve three clinics. So, I usually see patients every four weeks. We’ll meet once a month. I also do email check-ins to see how my patients are doing.

 When you keep your food journal, please be honest. I do not care. There is a suspicious amount of grilled chicken salad in people’s diets, but not all of us are eating them.

How long is a patient seen?

LCF: It depends on their insurance and what they’re willing to cover. Sometimes, insurance says you only get three hours of diabetes education a year. So, we make that work. Some people have come into the office and needed a brief education. I never saw them again. Other patients I have known for the last half-decade. At this point, invite me to your cookout; we’re family. It depends on what the person needs.

What if a patient came to you recently diagnosed with pre-diabetes? What advice would you give them?

LCF: This is my favorite question. I love pre-diabetes because these patients are in a great spot to make a huge change that will impact the rest of their lives. Many underutilized resources exist, such as the CDC’s Diabetes Prevention Program. Certain health facilities have grants within that program. I always educate my patients on that. Some feel more comfortable doing the one-on-one with me. We work on lifestyle intervention:

• Are you moving your body enough to burn off this extra blood glucose?
• Are you eating in a pattern that you know is conducive?
• Are you having more fiber than sugar?

This isn’t something that you can do well for a month, and now you don’t have pre-diabetes or diabetes; no, your pancreas has officially told us something’s wrong. You will have to pay attention to this forever.

What other conditions do you see in patients often?

LCF: The conditions I see most often include hypertension, high cholesterol, and those trying to get their heart health under control. I work with patients after bariatric surgery. The challenge is that although their stomach anatomy has changed, they see food with the same eyes and brain, so getting support as you make these adjustments is critical. I meet with them every one to two months during the first year.

If you are looking for a Licensed Dietitian, where should you start?

LCF: The Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics has a website, eatright.org. You can search for a practitioner based on preferences, including zip code, language, certifications, insurance, and in-person and telehealth options. Check directly with your insurance provider to see whether they have any LDNs or RDNs with CSOWM certifications and Google providers in your area with those certifications to see what comes up. Finding the right dietitian could be essential to maintaining weight loss once you achieve your goal.

Supported by an educational grant from Novo Nordisk Inc. 

The post Why You Need to Work With A Dietitian to Achieve Your Weight Loss Goals appeared first on Black Health Matters.

Hair loss can be a source of stress and anxiety and a significant blow to one’s self-esteem. While experiencing hair loss can be both unexpected and devastating, it can also be the beginning of a journey towards self-acceptance and newfound confidence. More and more Black women are finding renewed strength by embracing their hair loss and highlighting the beauty in baldness.

As we recognize National Hair Loss Awareness Month, it’s a perfect opportunity to raise awareness, share personal stories, and celebrate those who choose to go bald with style and grace.

No Losses, Only Lessons

So, you’ve noticed you’re experiencing some hair loss. What’s next?

Well, first of all, you’re not alone. Millions worldwide experience some form of hair loss, often accompanied by feelings of loss, anger, and insecurity. Notable women, like Interior Designer Sheila Bridges or US Representative Ayanna Pressley, have courageously shared their journeys with hair loss with the world. Still, some women have been boldly wearing their bald heads for years.

The Beauty Within

Sandra Dubose (right), “The Bald Beauty Queen,” is a Motivational Speaker, Coach, Singer, Actor, Voiceover Artist, and Author of the bestselling book My Crown and Glory: It’s Not About the Hair.

In 2011, Sandra was crowned Mrs. Black North Carolina 2011 and became the first Bald Beauty Queen. Crowning Mrs. Black, North Carolina, in 2011 was a defining moment in her journey.

“Being bald became a part of my brand,” she shares. I took back the negative sting and owned my beauty in a celebrated way. It became a symbol of pride, overcoming, and victory.”

Sandra’s journey of self-acceptance wasn’t an easy one. Sandra was diagnosed with Alopecia Areata at age 25. It took her eight years from the initial diagnosis of hair loss to move beyond hiding under wigs. “I was tired of hiding,” she admits. While Sandra shares that she also suffers from Cicatricial Alopecia, or Scarring Alopecia (which typically results in permanent hair loss), she remains bold and unapologetic about her journey of learning to accept her baldness and her mission to help others do the same. Her message extends far beyond hair loss, touching on universal themes of self-acceptance and the courage to live authentically. Her book ‘My Crown & Glory – It’s NOT About The Hair,’ is a powerful resource for anyone struggling with self-esteem.

What does National Hair Loss Month mean to you?

“This month is really about not just awareness of hair loss but an awareness of your power, an awareness of the choices that you do have, of how you decide to show up, and a deep, profound awareness of the truth and the depth of your beauty, which cannot be defined by whether or not you have hair or not; its bigger than that and you still own it. You’re still beautiful!”

Finding Joy in the Unexpected Journey

Some individuals take this experience as a time of experimentation and creativity. Many lean in wholeheartedly and instantly find their confidence soars from going bald. A certain freedom comes with saying so long goodbye to bad hair days and spending thousands of dollars on haircare products.

Then, there’s Kim Roxie (left), a Beauty Entrepreneur, Advisor, and advocate who has transformed her experience with alopecia into a mission to transform the beauty industry from the inside out. Kim Roxie is the Founder of LAMIK Beauty, a vegan makeup line made with natural and organic ingredients for multicultural women.

As a successful beauty entrepreneur, makeup artist, and esthetician, Kim Roxie was diagnosed with three forms of alopecia. With a specialty in brows, she began researching products that promote hair growth and use safe ingredients and realized that many products marketed to women of color are toxic. Kim started the LAMIK Beauty brand, which stands for Love and Beauty in Kindness, in a local mall in Houston. The brand had a cult following there for more than 14 years before she decided to close its doors.

Kim’s entrepreneurial journey is also profoundly personal. She created LAMIK as a tribute to her mother, who loved makeup dearly but was diagnosed with breast cancer. “I’m creating the makeup brand my Mom deserved,” the makeup maven proclaims.

Kim wanted to create a tech-enabled beauty brand, so she launched LAMIK.com nationally in March 2020. When the first Revelation Brow Duo was introduced, Kim did so with her bald head, sharing her alopecia story on national television and how it had impacted her eyebrows. Kim saw the overwhelming response and started hearing from others who were dealing with alopecia.

Her journey and confidence in ” living out loud” empower others to embrace their inner beauty. “People deal with acceptance; mentally, it can be stressful thinking about what your family or friends are going to say,” and this hair loss journey “can be draining and disturb your peace,” Kim adds. But self-acceptance is the key and can help you redefine your own definition of what beauty looks like for you.”

What insights would you share during National Hair Loss Month?

• Find a support group. Gather with others who have shared experiences to offer and receive emotional support, advice, and encouragement.
• Get a referral for a trusted Dermatologist – a specialist who can provide personalized, effective care.
• Do your research. Gather information and details before making personal care purchases.
• Get Involved. Follow and support organizations like the National Alopecia Areata Foundation to stay informed about new research and developments.

The Power of Community

As Roxie advises, joining a local support group has power. However, if you’re looking for a larger gathering, there’s no greater example of community than BaldieCon, a three-day empowerment (September 27- September 29) conference held in Atlanta, GA, that brings together women experiencing alopecia at all levels.

Inspired by Felicia Flores and her hair loss journey, BaldieCon is a celebration and an educational experience. It provides attendees with the knowledge and support they need to embrace their journey with alopecia while leaving them inspired and empowered. BaldieCon has evolved into a movement where positivity and good vibes reign supreme.

Hair loss can be challenging, but it doesn’t have to define you. National Hair Loss Month is an opportunity to educate, empower, and celebrate the beauty that emerges after hair loss. Sharing stories and insights raises awareness, breaks the stigma, and creates a more inclusive community. Let’s continue to challenge beauty standards and help everyone feel confident and beautiful, with or without hair.

The post The Bald, The Bold & The Beautiful appeared first on Black Health Matters.

The report indicates that up to 50% of birthing people retain 10 pounds or more, and up to 25% retain more than 20 pounds.

Being proactive about your patient’s PPWR now could avoid the associated comorbidity medical risks such as cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes in the future.

Recognizing the Roadblocks

There is room to improve the postpartum wellness journey and obesity outcomes for your patients who give birth—currently, care often centers around the most visible challenges associated with the post-delivery period. However, that period is extensive, and patients need instruction on caring for their mind and body during that time.

A review published in Heylion found that “When communicating with patients from different cultural backgrounds, physicians were found to be authoritarian, biomedical-focused, and not involved with patients in decision-making.” Perceptions like these create roadblocks to effective obesity treatment.

Why Cultural Sensitivity Matters

Leah Hairston, a birth and postpartum doula who earned the recognition of John Hopkins Social Innovation Lab and as a semifinalist for Pharell Williams’ Black Ambition Prize last year, Sweet Bee Services, spoke to the need for professionals who understand the cultural sensitivity challenges faced in postpartum.

“There’s a dearth of access to Black dietitians and nutritionists,” she told Black Health Matters.

The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition states, “Reproduction has been identified as an important factor for long-term weight gain among women.”

Hairston and her team offer solutions to the people they serve. “People feel a lot more at ease because there’s somebody who looks like them who also understands,” she explained.

Hairston gave an example of the need for cultural sensitivity in postpartum nutrition: “My family’s Caribbean. So, I’m gonna eat plantains and rice and beans. I don’t want to feel like rice and beans are a punitive meal,” she explained. But I might not need to eat six helpings of rice and beans.”

She values practitioners who are “able to honor the things that are important to me and my family while also honoring our budgetary restrictions and any other needs that we might have.” She brings that awareness to her work.

Rethinking Postpartum Evaluations

Birthing persons require support far beyond the first few months of the postpartum era, but an article from Nutrition Research Reviews reported that “much less attention is being given to the postpartum period beyond 18 months.”

Postpartum patients need thorough evaluations to determine if they have obesity. These evaluations need to go beyond the sparse required check-ins for birthing persons.

“There is a great need for postpartum women to identify the implications of postpartum obesity. There is also a need for healthcare professionals to treat postpartum women with greater competency, having a structured postpartum follow-up with counseling and motivation for weight loss and investigations like hemoglobin, TSH, and blood sugars at follow-up,” according to a 2022 article published by the Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology of India.

The Annals of Hematology noted that “postpartum anemia has been linked to several important postpartum morbidities, including depression, reduced cognition, and fatigue.” Still, it is critical to learn how it plays into postpartum obesity.

Dr. Danielle Wright-Terre, founder of the Honey, a postpartum community and app, commented on gaps in the postpartum care process that begin earlier than that. “Regarding check-ins for the mom, there are gaps,” she said. “There needs to be more guidance on the physical recovery aspect.”

Many doctors focus on ruling out issues for new mothers instead of being evaluated for ways they can thrive.